THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of...

370
7+(/2*,&$/6758&785(2)7+( $1*/2$0(5,&$1&$7$/2*8,1*58/(6–3$57,, ’UDIWHGIRU 7KH-RLQW6WHHULQJ&RPPLWWHHIRU5HYLVLRQRI$$&5 E\ 7RP’HOVH\ 1DWLRQDO/LEUDU\RI&DQDGD ZLWKDVVLVWDQFHIURP %HWK’XODEDKQ/LEUDU\RI&RQJUHVV 0LFKDHO+HDQH\2[IRUG8QLYHUVLW\ -DQXDU\

Transcript of THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of...

Page 1: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

7+(�/2*,&$/�6758&785(�2)�7+($1*/2�$0(5,&$1�&$7$/2*8,1*�58/(6�±�3$57�,,

'UDIWHG�IRU7KH�-RLQW�6WHHULQJ�&RPPLWWHH�IRU�5HYLVLRQ�RI�$$&5

E\7RP�'HOVH\

1DWLRQDO�/LEUDU\�RI�&DQDGD

ZLWK�DVVLVWDQFH�IURP%HWK�'XODEDKQ��/LEUDU\�RI�&RQJUHVV0LFKDHO�+HDQH\��2[IRUG�8QLYHUVLW\

-DQXDU\�����

Page 2: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

&217(176BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB

3$*(

OBJECTIVE 1METHODOLOGY 1OVERVIEW OF THE MODEL 4KEY ISSUES 72RECOMMENDATIONS 91

(17,7<���$775,%87(���'$7$�(/(0(17�'(6&5,37,2167$%

ITEM 1SERIES 2CLASS OF MATERIALS 3TYPE OF PUBLICATION 4CHIEF SOURCE OF INFORMATION 5HEADING 6BIBLIOGRAPHIC IDENTITY 7WORK 8UNIFORM TITLE 9REFERENCE 10ENTRY 11DESCRIPTION 12PERSON 13CORPORATE BODY 14CREATION 15MODIFICATION 16PERFORMANCE 17COMPILING / EDITING 18EMANATION 19OTHER ASSOCIATION 20CONTENT 21CONTENT PART 22

5(/$7,216+,3���'$7$�(/(0(17�'(6&5,37,2167$%

PERSON Û CREATION RELATIONSHIPS 23PERSON Û MODIFICATION RELATIONSHIPS 24PERSON Û PERFORMANCE RELATIONSHIPS 25PERSON Û COMPILATION / EDITING RELATIONSHIPS 26PERSON Û OTHER ASSOCIATION RELATIONSHIPS 27CORPORATE BODY Û EMANATION RELATIONSHIPS 28CORPORATE BODY Û PERFORMANCE RELATIONSHIPS 29CORPORATE BODY Û OTHER ASSOCIATION RELATIONSHIPS 30WORK Û WORK RELATIONSHIPS 31SERIES Û ITEM RELATIONSHIPS 32

Page 3: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

7+(�/2*,&$/�6758&785(�2)�7+($1*/2�$0(5,&$1�&$7$/2*8,1*�58/(6�±�3$57�,,BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB

2%-(&7,9(

The principal objective of this study is to develop a formalized schema to reflect theinternal logic of the $QJOR�$PHULFDQ�&DWDORJXLQJ�5XOHV.

The schema is intended to serve as a tool to assist in the re-examination of theprinciples underlying the code and in setting directions for its future development.

The presentation of the analytic model is designed specifically to:� assist in clarifying the concepts that are integral to the logical design of the code;� highlight anomalies within the rules and inconsistencies in the application of

basic principles;� provide a clearly defined frame of reference to be used in determining how to

develop and extend the code to reflect new media used as information carriers,new forms of intellectual and artistic expression, and new modes ofdissemination and access.

0(7+2'2/2*<

The methodology used in this study is derived from techniques used in systemsdevelopment projects to create entity-relationship models or object-oriented models. Asanalytic tools, entity-relationship and object-oriented models are used as the basis foridentifying the key entities or objects about which an organization needs to keep dataand clarifying the data-related business rules that apply within the organization prior todesigning the layout of databases to support the organization’s business activities.

The modeling technique as applied in this study focuses on the cataloguing process asthe activity to be analyzed, and the code itself as the set of business rules that governthat activity. The model is not designed to reflect in the abstract the informationuniverse or the universe of recorded knowledge. It is designed to represent in specificterms how that universe is reflected in the logic of the cataloguing code SHU�VH.

This second segment of the study has taken as its starting point a detailed analysis ofthe data elements in Part II of the code. Each data element in the headings for entriesand references has been mapped either to an attribute of a particular entity or object orto a relationship between particular entities or objects. Because it is intended to serveas a schema mirroring the LQWHUQDO logic of the code, the model reflects only what ismade explicit through the rules as currently set out in the code, and only what isrecorded in headings for entries and references as a result of applying those rules.Other entities or objects, other attributes, and other relationships that might be inferredfrom an analysis of phenomena H[WHUQDO to the code itself have not been reflected in themodel.

Page 4: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

2

7HUPLQRORJ\���GHILQLWLRQV

As far as possible the terms used in the model to identify entities or objects, theirattributes, and their relationships have been derived directly from the code itself.

The definitions for the terms used to identify entities, etc. have also been derived, to theextent possible, either from the glossary or from the wording of the rules themselves, insome cases in a modified form. Where definitions could not be derived from the codeitself, they have been derived from other sources such as the $/$�JORVVDU\�RI�OLEUDU\DQG�LQIRUPDWLRQ�VFLHQFH, and the )XQFWLRQDO�UHTXLUHPHQWV�IRU�ELEOLRJUDSKLF�UHFRUGV. Inother instances definitions have been developed specifically for the purposes of themodel.

Specifications as to what is included within the scope of a particular entity, attribute, orrelationship, or excluded from it, have been derived, wherever possible, directly from therules themselves.

(QWLWLHV���UHODWLRQVKLSV

The entities or objects defined in the model represent the key agents, processes,objects, and concepts around which the code operates; they are in effect the primarypoints of reference or coordinates for mapping the logic of the code.

Similarly the relationships defined in the model represent the key associations betweenentities or objects reflected in the code; they are in effect the logical connectors betweenthe key entities or objects.

$WWULEXWHV���GDWD�HOHPHQWV

The attributes associated with each entity or object in the model have been defined at alogical level, i.e., as characteristics of the entity or object as they would be defined withreference to the entity or object itself, not as specific data elements defined withreference to the bibliographic record. For example, “name of person” is defined as anattribute of the entity or object “person” in such a way as to encompass all the names bywhich the person may be identified.

Each logical attribute is in turn linked to the specific data elements that fall within itsdefined scope (e.g., “name of person” as a logical attribute is linked to the dataelements “entry element,” and “addition” in both personal name headings and personalname references). In many instances, however, the logical attribute is linked to only onedata element.

*HQHUDO�UXOHV���VSHFLDO�UXOHV

The data elements associated with each logical attribute are linked to the rules in thecode that pertain to that data element.

Page 5: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

3

The rules relating to each data element are identified under two categories: generalrules that are applicable to the data element; and special rules that apply to the dataelement only when it pertains to specific categories within a type of entity. Apparentanomalies in the rules have been noted in the detailed analysis that is provided for eachdata element.

'LDJUDPPLQJ

The conventions used for diagramming the logic of the code are as follows:

A rectangle with rounded corners represents a“bibliographic” entity (i.e., an abstract conceptused in the code as a point of reference or as astructuring device for the rules).

A rectangle with right-angled corners representsa “real world” entity (i.e., an agent, process, orobject) the characteristics of which are reflectedin the descriptive record.

A single-headed arrow on a line represents arelationship in which any given instance of theentity at the opposite end of the line may beassociated with only one instance of the entity towhich the arrow is pointing.

A double-headed arrow on a line represents arelationship in which any given instance of theentity at the opposite end of the line may beassociated with one or more instances of theentity to which the arrows are pointing.

A zero on a line indicates that the relationshipbetween any given instance of the entity at theopposite end of the line and the entity to whichthe arrow is pointing is optional (i.e., therelationship may not be operative in allinstances).

A number preceded by a greater-than or less-than sign indicates an upper or lower limit to thenumber of instances of the entity that may beinvolved in a relationship.

0

0

(>1)

(<4)

Page 6: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

4

29(59,(:�2)�7+(�02'(/

An overview of the model developed for this study is presented in a series of entity-relationship diagrams accompanied by a summary explanation of the entities andrelationships depicted in each of the diagrams. The first diagram ()LJXUH��) sets out the“bibliographic” entities that are used to give Part II of the code its structure (i.e., theabstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for therules). The second diagram ()LJXUH��) sets out the “real world” entities (i.e., the agents,processes, and objects) that are taken into account in determining choice of accesspoints. The subsequent diagrams illustrate the full range of entries under personalname headings ()LJXUHV��D��S), corporate name headings ()LJXUHV��D��N), title()LJXUHV��D��J), name-title headings ()LJXUHV��D��G), and series headings ()LJXUH��D)that are specified by the rules. Each of those diagrams show the specific relationshipsbetween the “real world” entities that come into play for the entry illustrated.

7KH�³ELEOLRJUDSKLF´�HQWLWLHV��)LJXUH���

)LJXUH�� depicts the “bibliographic” entities that are used to structure the rules in Part II,and the relationships between those entities. The entities shown on the left side of thediagram (,7(0, 6(5,(6, &/$66 2) 0$7(5,$/6, 7<3( 2) 38%/,&$7,21, and &+,() 6285&(2) ,1)250$7,21) represent entities introduced in Part I of the code that re-emerge inPart II as points of reference for the rules relating to choice and form of access points.The entities shown on the right side of the diagram (+($',1*, %,%/,2*5$3+,&�,'(17,7<�:25., 81,)250 7,7/(, 5()(5(1&(, (175<, and '(6&5,37,21) represent entitiesintroduced in Part II as points of reference for the rules.

The central entity on the left side of the diagram is ,7(0.

,7(0 (as defined in the model) is a document or set of documents in any physical form,published, issued, or treated as an entity, and as such forming the basis for a singlebibliographic description. The rules in Part II reference attributes of the item and otherentities directly associated with the item as key factors in determining both choice andform of access points. (For a detailed analysis of ,7(0 and its attributes—insofar asthey are reflected in the rules in Part II—see Tab 1.)

,7(0 may (or may not) “belong to” one or more 6(5,(6.

6(5,(6 (as defined in the model) is a group of separate items related to one another bythe fact that each item bears, in addition to its own title proper, a collective title applyingto the group as a whole. Series is of relevance to the rules in Part II only to the extentthat those rules provide for an added entry under the heading for a series to which theitem described belongs. (For an analysis of 6(5,(6—insofar as it is reflected in the rulesin Part II—see Tab 2.)

,7(0 “belongs to” a &/$66 2) 0$7(5,$/6.

&/$66 2) 0$7(5,$/6 (as defined in the model) is the broad class or specific class ofmaterials to which an item belongs. Although the rules in Part II for the most part applyto works and not to physical manifestations of those works, the class of materials towhich an item belongs does occasionally have a bearing on the determination of the

Page 7: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

determines

target in

added to

access point for

access point for

belongs to

CHIEF SOURCE OFINFORMATION

CLASS OFMATERIALS

incorporates

source for

represents

identifies

determines

belongs to TYPE OFPUBLICATION

SERIES

represented by

represented by

represented by

belongs to

0

0

0

0

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

REFERENCE

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

)LJXUH�����$$&5¶V�ELEOLRJUDSKLF�FRQVWUXFWV

Page 8: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

6

main entry for a work (e.g., a section of rules in Chapter 21 applies specifically to soundrecordings). Insofar as the class of materials also determines the chief source ofinformation for the item described, it has an indirect bearing on both the choice and formof headings under which the item is entered. (For a detailed analysis of &/$66 2)0$7(5,$/6 and its attributes—insofar as they are reflected in the rules in Part II—seeTab 3.)

,7(0 “belongs to” a 7<3( 2) 38%/,&$7,21

7<3( 2) 38%/,&$7,21 (as defined in the model) is the category to which a published itembelongs with respect to its intended termination (i.e., whether it is intended to becompleted in a finite number of parts, or to continue indefinitely). The type of publicationto which an item belongs comes into play in Part II to the extent that it determines theway in which changes in responsibility and changes in title proper are reflected in theentry. Insofar as the type of publication also determines the chief source of informationfor the item described, it has an indirect bearing on both the choice and form ofheadings under which the item is entered. (For an analysis of 7<3( 2) 38%/,&$7,21 andits attributes—insofar as they are reflected in the rules in Part II—see Tab 4.)

&/$66 2) 0$7(5,$/6 “determines” &+,() 6285&( 2) ,1)250$7,21.

7<3( 2) 38%/,&$7,21 “determines” &+,() 6285&( 2) ,1)250$7,21.

&+,() 6285&( 2) ,1)250$7,21 (as defined in the model) is the source of bibliographicdata to be given preference as the source from which a bibliographic description (orportion thereof) is prepared. The chief source of information for the item described isthe principal source for determining the choice of access points for entry of the item.The chief source of information for other items containing works by the same person orcorporate body as the item described also comes into play in determining the form ofheading. (For an analysis of &+,() 6285&( 2) ,1)250$7,21—insofar as it is reflected inthe rules in Part II—see Tab 5.)

The central entity on the right side of the diagram is +($',1*.

+($',1* (as defined in the model) is a name, word, or phrase placed at the head of acatalogue entry or reference to provide an access point. As a “bibliographic” entity,heading functions in a way that is somewhat analogous to the way item functions in PartI. A heading may represent a bibliographic identity for a person or corporate body, awork, or a series. Note also that a heading, as defined in the model, may serve as anaccess point for an entry or a reference, and a heading may also serve as a “target” in areference. (For a detailed analysis of +($',1* and its attributes see Tab 6.)

+($',1* may (or may not) represent a %,%/,2*5$3+,& ,'(17,7<.

%,%/,2*5$3+,& ,'(17,7< (as defined in the model) is an identity established by a personor corporate body through usage in works by that person or body. The rules provide forthe use of different headings to represent separate bibliographic identities establishedby a single person. By extension, the rules providing for different headings (for earlierand later names) representing the same corporate body are treated in the model as an

Page 9: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

7

implementation of the “bibliographic identity” concept. (For a detailed analysis of%,%/,2*5$3+,&�,'(17,7< and its attributes see Tab 7.)

+($',1* may (or may not) represent a 6(5,(6.

6(5,(6 (as noted above) is of relevance in Part II to the extent that the rules provide foran added entry under the heading for a series to which the item described belongs. (Foran analysis of 6(5,(6—insofar as it is reflected in the rules in Part II—see Tab 2.)

+($',1* may (or may not) represent an ,7(0.

,7(0 (as noted above) is of relevance in Part II in that certain attributes of the itemfunction as key factors in determining both choice and form of access points. There isalso one rule in Part II that provides for making, as necessary, an added entry under avariant title appearing in the item (e.g., a cover title, caption title, running title). In thosecases the heading for the added entry (i.e., the variant title) is in effect a headingrepresenting the item, as distinct from a title entry representing the work. (For a detailedanalysis of ,7(0—insofar as it is reflected in the rules in Part II—see Tab 1.)

+($',1* may (or may not) represent a :25..

:25. (as defined in the model) is a specific body of recorded information in the form ofwords, numerals, sounds, images, or any other symbols, as distinct from the substanceon which it is recorded. The concept of the work is central both to the determination ofthe main entry and to the application of uniform titles. The categorization of works alsoserves as the principal structuring device for the rules in Chapter 21. (For a detailedanalysis of :25. and its attributes see Tab 8.)

:25. may (or may not) be “identified by” a 81,)250 7,7/(.

81,)250 7,7/( (as defined in the model) is the particular title by which a work is to beidentified for cataloguing purposes. The uniform title serves as a bibliographic devicefor bringing together entries for a work that has appeared in various manifestationsunder various titles. (For a detailed analysis of 81,)250 7,7/( and its attributes see Tab9.)

+($',1* may (or may not) serve as an “access point for” a 5()(5(1&(.

+($',1* may (or may not) serve as an “target in” a 5()(5(1&(.

5()(5(1&( (as defined in the model) is a direction from one heading or entry to another.The rules in Part II specify the form of “see” references, “see also” references, andexplanatory references. The rules also provide instructions for making references underparticular circumstances. (For a detailed analysis of 5()(5(1&( and its attributes seeTab 10.)

+($',1* may (or may not) serve as an “access point for” an (175<.

81,)250�7,7/( may (or may not) be “added to” an (175<.

Page 10: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

8

(175< (as defined in the model) is a record of an item in a catalogue. Part II of the code(more specifically Chapter 21) focuses on the choice of access points under which thedescription of an item is entered, and on differentiating between the main entry andadded entries for an item. (For a detailed analysis of (175< and its attributes see Tab11.)

(175< “incorporates” a '(6&5,37,21.

'(6&5,37,21 (as defined in the model) is a structured set of bibliographic datadescribing an item. The description (formulated according to rules set out in Part I),together with a heading and/or uniform title constitutes an entry. If the entry includesneither a heading nor a uniform title, the initial element of the description itself (i.e., thetitle proper) serves to determine the filing position of the entry within the catalogue. (Fora detailed analysis of '(6&5,37,21 and its attributes—insofar as they are reflected in therules in Part II—see Tab 12.)

)DFWRUV�GHWHUPLQLQJ�FKRLFH�RI�DFFHVV�SRLQWV��)LJXUH���

)LJXUH���sets out the “real world” entities (i.e., the agents, processes, and objects) thatare taken into account in determining choice of access points. The key factors shown inthe diagram are: (1) the number of persons and/or corporate bodies associated with thecontent of the item described; (2) the nature of the relationship between those personsor corporate bodies and the content of the item; (3) the nature of the content of the itemand of individual parts of the content; (4) the relationship of the work or worksmanifested in the item to other works. The “bibliographic” entities class of materials,type of publication, and chief source of information are also displayed in the diagram toindicate their relevance in particular cases to determining the entries that are to bemade for item.

The “real world” entities depicted in Figure 2 are: 3(5621, &25325$7( %2'<, &5($7,21,02',),&$7,21, 3(5)250$1&(, &203,/,1* 25 (',7,1*, (0$1$7,21, 27+(5 $662&,$7,21,&217(17, and &217(17 3$57.

The number of persons and/or corporate bodies associated with the content of the itemdescribed is the first factor in determining choice of access points.

3(5621 (as defined in the model) is an individual. The number of persons responsiblefor the content of the item described is a key factor in determining the choice of accesspoints for main and added entries for the item. (For a detailed analysis of 3(5621 andits attributes see Tab 13.)

&25325$7(�%2'< (as defined in the model) is an organization or group of persons that isidentified by a particular name and that acts, or may act, as an entity. The number ofcorporate bodies responsible for the content of the item described is also a key factor indetermining the choice of access points for main and added entries for the item. (For adetailed analysis of &25325$7(�%2'< and its attributes see Tab 14.)

The relationship between a person or corporate body and the content of the itemdescribed is the second key factor in determining choice of access points.

Page 11: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

WORK

ITEM

represented by

manifestation ofincorporates

source for

related to

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

)LJXUH�����)DFWRUV�GHWHUPLQLQJ�FKRLFH�RI�DFFHVV�SRLQWV

determines

belongs to

CHIEF SOURCE OFINFORMATION

CLASS OFMATERIALS

determines

belongs to TYPE OFPUBLICATION

CONTENT PART

CONTENT

EMANATION

OTHERASSOCIATION

RESPONSIBILITY

PERFORMANCE

COMPILING OREDITING

MODIFICATION

CREATION

CORPORATE BODY

PERSON

WORK

0

0

0

00

00

0

0

0

00

0

0

00

0

0

0

00

Page 12: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

10

3(5621 may (or may not) be “responsible for” &5($7,21 of &217(17.

&5($7,21 (as defined in the model) is the act of originating intellectual or artistic content.(For an analysis of &5($7,21 see Tab 15. For a detailed analysis of the &5($7,215(63216,%,/,7< relationship see Tab 23.)

3(5621 may (or may not) be “responsible for” 02',),&$7,21 of &217(17.

02',),&$7,21 (as defined in the model) is the act of modifying a literary, dramatic,musical, or artistic work through revision, adaptation, translation, transcription,arrangement, etc. (For an analysis of 02',),&$7,21 see Tab 16. For a detailed analysisof the 02',),&$7,21�5(63216,%,/,7< relationship see Tab 24.)

3(5621 may (or may not) be “responsible for” 3(5)250$1&( of &217(17.

&25325$7(�%2'< may (or may not) be “responsible for” 3(5)250$1&( of &217(17.

3(5)250$1&( (as defined in the model) is the act of performing a literary, dramatic, ormusical work. For the purposes of the rules in Part II, performances are divided into twocategories: those that go beyond execution or interpretation, and those that do not.(For an analysis of 3(5)250$1&( see Tab 17. For a detailed analysis of the3(5)250$1&(�5(63216,%,/,7< relationship see Tab 25 and Tab 29.)

3(5621 may (or may not) be “responsible for” &203,/,1*�25�(',7,1* of &217(17.

&203,/,1* 25 (',7,1* (as defined in the model) is the act of producing a collection byselecting and arranging matter from the works of one or more persons or bodies, orpreparing for publication one or more works by another person or body. (For an analysisof &203,/,1*�25�(',7,1* see Tab 18. For a detailed analysis of the &203,/,1*�25(',7,1*�5(63216,%,/,7< relationship see Tab 26.)

&25325$7(�%2'< may (or may not) be “responsible for” (0$1$7,21 of &217(17.

(0$1$7,21 (as defined in the model) is the act of issuing, causing to be issued, ororiginating intellectual or artistic content. (For an analysis of (0$1$7,21 see Tab 19.For a detailed analysis of the (0$1$7,21�5(63216,%,/,7< relationship see Tab 28.)

3(5621 may (or may not) have 27+(5�$662&,$7,21 with &217(17.

&25325$7(�%2'< may (or may not) have 27+(5�$662&,$7,21 with &217(17.

27+(5�$662&,$7,21 (as defined in the model) is any association between a person orcorporate body and the content of an item other than one pertaining to creation,modification, performance, compiling / editing, or emanation. (For an analysis of 27+(5$662&,$7,21 see Tab 20. For a detailed analysis of the 27+(5�$662&,$7,21�relationshipsee Tab 27 and Tab 30.)

The third factor in determining choice of access points is the nature of the content of theitem and of individual parts of the content.

Page 13: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

11

&217(17 (as defined in the model) is the intellectual or artistic substance contained inan item. The nature of the content of the item described will, in some cases, determinethe choice of access points for main and added entries. (For a detailed analysis of&217(17 and its attributes—insofar as they are reflected in the rules in Part II—see Tab21.)

&217(17�3$57 (as defined in the model) is an individual component of the intellectual orartistic content of an item. The nature of individual parts of the content of the itemdescribed, their relative prominence, and their relationship to one another will, in somecases, determine the choice of access points for main and added entries. (For ananalysis of &217(17�3$57 and its attributes—insofar as they are reflected in the rules inPart II—see Tab 22.)

The fourth factor in determining choice of access points is the relationship of the work orworks manifested in the item described to other works. The relationship of the work orworks in the item described to a previously existing work will, in some cases, determinethe choice of an access point for the main entry. In other cases the relationship will be afactor in determining whether an added entry (name-title or title, as appropriate) underthe heading for the related work will be made. (For a detailed analysis of work-to-workrelationships see Tab 31.)

(QWU\�XQGHU�SHUVRQDO�QDPH�KHDGLQJ��)LJXUHV��D��S�

)LJXUHV��D��S illustrate the range of entries that are specified in the rules for entryunder a personal name heading. Each diagram shows the specific relationshipsbetween the “real world” entities that come into play for the entry illustrated.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RU�SUREDEOH�DXWKRU��)LJXUH��D�

)LJXUH��D depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under theheading for the author or probable author. For an entry of this type, a single person isdeemed to be the “author” (i.e., the person chiefly responsible for the creation of theintellectual or artistic content) of the work or works contained in the item described.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personresponsible for creation of the content of the item.

Note that the item may contain one or more works by the person responsible forcreation of the content. If the entry has a uniform title added to it (i.e., interposedbetween the heading and the description), the uniform title identifies one work. If theitem contains more than one work, the work represented by the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item (i.e., the uniform title may represent the completecontents of the item by means of a collective title derived from the item itself, or bymeans of a conventional title such as “Works” or “Selections”). However, if the itemcontains only two works by the author and lacks a collective title, the uniform title willrepresent only the first work named in the item.

Page 14: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��D���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RU�SUREDEOH�DXWKRU

CONTENT

PERSON

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

Page 15: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��E���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SULQFLSDO�DXWKRU�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�DXWKRU

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 1

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

Page 16: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

14

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��D is specified in rules for works for which asingle person is responsible (21.4A1, 21.4C1, 21.4C2); certain works by heads of state,etc. (21.4D2, 21.4D3); works of uncertain personal authorship (21.5B, 21.5C);separately published illustrations (21.11B1); and certain works reporting court decisions,cases, etc. (21.36A1, 21.36A2, 21.36B1, 21.36C7, and 21.36C8).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��D is specified in rules for officialcommunications by heads of state, etc. (21.4D1); certain works reporting courtdecisions, cases, etc. (21.36A1, 21.36A2, 21.36C1, 21.36C2, 21.36C3, 21.36C4, and21.36C5); and certain sacred scriptures (21.37A).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SULQFLSDO�DXWKRU�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�DXWKRU��)LJXUH��E�

)LJXUH��E depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under theheading for the principal author or first named author of a work of shared responsibility.For an entry of this type, two or more persons are represented as “joint authors” of thework or works contained in the item described (i.e., responsibility for the creation of theintellectual or artistic content of the work or works contained in the item is “shared”between those persons).

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personrepresented as the principal author, as the first named of two or more principal authors,or as the first named author where principal responsibility is not indicated.

The item may contain one or more works by the persons sharing responsibility for thecreation of the content. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work, which may be co-extensive with the content ofthe item as a whole, or may represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��E is specified in rules for works of sharedresponsibility (21.6B1, 21.6B2, 21.6C1); and certain works reporting court decisions,cases, etc. (21.36A2)

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��E is specified in rules for works ofshared responsibility where more than three persons are involved (21.6C2); and certainworks reporting court decisions, cases, etc. (21.36A2)

For entry under the heading for the second or third “joint author” see )LJXUH��N.

(QWU\�XQGHU�VKDUHG�SVHXGRQ\P

)LJXUH��F depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting a single bibliographic identity that is shared by two or more collaboratorswriting under a single pseudonym. For an entry of this type, responsibility for thecreation of the intellectual or artistic the content of the work or works contained in theitem is again “shared” between two or more persons, as in )LJXUH��E. However, in thiscase those persons establish one or more shared bibliographic identity.

Page 17: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establish

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��F���(QWU\�XQGHU�VKDUHG�SVHXGRQ\P

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 1

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

Page 18: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

16

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity shared by the personsresponsible for the content of the item.

The item may contain one or more works by the persons sharing responsibility for thecreation of the content, written using the same shared pseudonym. As noted under)LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies one work.If the item contains more than one work, the uniform title may be co-extensive with thecontent of the item as a whole, or may represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��F is specified in the rule for works ofshared responsibility written under a shared pseudonym (21.6D1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�ILUVW�QDPHG�ZRUN�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�DXWKRU��)LJXUH��G�

)LJXUH��G depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the author of the first named work or the first named author in an itemcontaining two or more works (or extracts from two or more works) by different persons.For an entry of this type, different persons are responsible for the intellectual or artisticcontent of individual content parts contained in the item.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personresponsible for the creation of the first work named in the chief source of information(where the item lacks a collective title) or the first author named in the chief source ofinformation (where the item has a collective title and contains more than three works).

In this case the item contains more than one work. If the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. The work represented by the uniform title maybe co-extensive with the content of the item (i.e., the uniform title may represent thecomplete contents of the item by means of a collective title derived from the item itself).However, if the item lacks a collective title, the uniform title will represent only the firstwork named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��G is specified in rules for collections ofworks by different persons lacking a collective title (21.7C1); collections of translationsof works by different persons lacking a collective title (21.14B); sound recordingscontaining collections of works by different persons lacking a collective title (21.23D1);and collections of works reporting court decisions, cases, etc. lacking a collective title(21.36C9).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��G is specified in rules for collections ofworks by different persons with a collective title (21.7B1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPHU�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPHU��)LJXUH�H�

)LJXUH��H depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the principal performer or first named principal performer of a work or

Page 19: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��G���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�ILUVW�QDPHG�ZRUN�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�DXWKRU

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 1

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

CONTENT PART

Page 20: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��H���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPHU�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPHU

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

PERSON 1

PERSON 1

PERFORMANCE

CONTENT PART

Page 21: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

19

works contained in a sound recording. One or more persons may be represented asbeing responsible for the performance of the content of the item.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personrepresented as the principal performer or the first named principal performer wheremore than one performer is given prominence in the chief source of information.

The item may contain one or more works by a single writer or composer, or by differentwriters or composers. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than one work, theuniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as a whole, or mayrepresent only the first work named in the item. It should be noted that use of a mainentry heading representing the principal performer in conjunction with a uniform titlerepresenting the first work named in the item creates a logical anomaly, in that it couldbe interpreted as the “citation” for a work that is properly identified by associating theheading representing the composer of that work with its uniform title.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��H is specified in rules for sound recordingscontaining collections of works by different persons (21.23C1, 21.23D1).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��H is specified in rules for soundrecordings containing one work (21.23A1); sound recordings containing two or moreworks by the same person or body (21.23B1); and sound recordings containingcollections of works by different persons (21.23D1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DGDSWHU���UHYLVHU���WUDQVODWRU���DUUDQJHU��)LJXUH��I�

)LJXUH��I depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the person responsible for adapting, revising, translating, or arranging apreviously existing work by another person, where the content of the item is anadaptation, revision, translation, or arrangement of the previously existing work.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personresponsible for the modification of the intellectual or artistic content of the item (i.e., theadapter, reviser, translator, or arranger).

If the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies the work containedin the item, i.e., the work resulting from the modification of the previously existing work.However, in the case of a translation of a text or an arrangement or transcription of amusical work, the modification is treated not as a new work, but as a manifestation ofthe work that it modifies, and the uniform title used to identify the modification is in factthe uniform title for the previously existing work.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��I is specified in rules for adaptations oftexts (21.10A); revisions of texts where the original author is no longer consideredresponsible (21.12B1); adaptations of art works (21.16A); and adaptations of musicalworks (21.18C1).

Page 22: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporatesidentifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��I���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DGDSWHU���UHYLVHU���WUDQVODWRU���DUUDQJHU

CONTENT

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

RESPONSIBILITY

MODIFCATION

CREATION

modified by

Page 23: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

21

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��I is specified in rules for revisions oftexts where the original author is considered responsible (21.12A1); translations(21.14A, 21.30K1); arrangements, transcriptions, etc. of musical works (21.18B1);pasticcios, ballad operas, etc. (21.19B1); sacred scriptures (21.37A); and theologicalcreeds, etc. (21.38A).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�RULJLQDO�ZRUN��)LJXUH��J�

)LJXUH��J depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the person responsible for the original work, where the content of the itemis an adaptation, revision, translation, or arrangement of a previously existing work.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personresponsible for the original work on which the intellectual or artistic content of the item isbased.

If the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies the original work, notthe modification contained in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��J is specified in rules for texts where thereis doubt that the work qualifies as an adaptation (21.10A); revisions of texts where theoriginal author is considered responsible (21.12A1); translations (21.14A); reproductionsof art works (21.16B, 21.17A1); and arrangements, transcriptions, etc. of musical works(21.18B1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�DXJPHQWHG�ZRUN��)LJXUH��K�

)LJXUH��K depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the person responsible for the previously existing work, where the contentof the item includes in addition to that work any of the following by another person:illustrations for a text; a commentary, interpretation, or exegesis; biographical or criticalmaterial; text accompanying reproductions of art works; a musical setting for a text; oran added accompaniment or parts for a musical composition.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personresponsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of the previously existingwork.

The item, in effect, contains two works: the previously existing work and theaugmenting work (illustrations, commentary, etc., biographical/critical material, textaccompanying the art reproductions, or added accompaniment or parts). If the entryhas a uniform title added to it, in specified cases (i.e., in the case of a text withillustrations and a musical composition with added accompaniment or parts) the uniformtitle always identifies the previously existing work. In other cases the uniform titleidentifies either the previously existing work or the augmenting work, depending onwhich of the two is emphasized in the chief source of information.

Page 24: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��J���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�RULJLQDO�ZRUN

CONTENT

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

RESPONSIBILITY

MODIFCATION

CREATION

modified by

Page 25: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

augments

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��K���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�DXJPHQWHG�ZRUN

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

CONTENT PART

Page 26: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

24

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��K is specified in rules for illustrated texts(21.11A1); texts with commentary, etc., where the original work is emphasized(21.13C1, 21.13D1); texts with biographical/critical material, where the original work isemphasized (21.15B); reproductions of art works with accompanying text, where theartist is emphasized (21.17B1); and musical compositions with added accompaniment orparts (21.21A).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��K is specified in rules for texts withcommentary, etc., where the commentary, etc. is emphasized (21.13B1, 21.13D1); textswith biographical/critical material, where the biographical/critical material is emphasized(21.15A); reproductions of art works with accompanying text, where the writer isrepresented as the author (21.17B1); and musical settings for songs, etc. (21.19C1).Note that an added entry heading representing the person responsible for the previouslyexisting work may be used in conjunction with a title that represents the augmentingwork.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�DXJPHQWLQJ�ZRUN��)LJXUH��L�

)LJXUH��L depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the person responsible for the augmenting work, where the content of theitem includes a previously existing text, art works, or musical composition by anotherperson as well as illustrations for a text; a commentary, interpretation, or exegesis;biographical or critical material; text accompanying reproductions of art works; a musicalsetting for a text; or an added accompaniment or parts for a musical composition.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personresponsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of the augmenting work(i.e., the illustrations, commentary, etc., biographical/critical material, text accompanyingreproductions of art works, musical setting for a text, or added accompaniment or partsfor a musical composition).

The item, in effect, contains two works: the previously existing work and theaugmenting work (illustrations, commentary, etc., biographical/critical material, textaccompanying the art works, or added accompaniment or parts). If the entry has auniform title added to it, in specified cases (i.e., in the case of a text with illustrations anda musical composition with added accompaniment or parts) the uniform title alwaysidentifies the previously existing work. In other cases the uniform title identifies eitherthe previously existing work or the augmenting work, depending on which of the two isemphasized in the chief source of information.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��L is specified in rules for texts withcommentary, etc., where the commentary, etc. is emphasized (21.13B1, 21.13D1); textswith biographical/critical material, where the biographical/critical material is emphasized(21.15A); reproductions of art works with accompanying text, where the writer isrepresented as the author (21.17B1); musical works that include previously existing text(21.19A1); and musical settings for ballets, etc. (21.20A).

Page 27: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

augments

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��L���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�DXWKRU�RI�DXJPHQWLQJ�ZRUN

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

CONTENT PART

Page 28: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��M���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�ILUVW�QDPHG�RU�PRUH�SURPLQHQWO\�QDPHG�FROODERUDWRU

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

Page 29: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

27

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��L is specified in rules for illustrated texts(21.11A1, 21.30K2); texts with commentary, etc., where the original work is emphasized(21.13C1, 21.13D1); texts with biographical/critical material, where the original work isemphasized (21.15B); reproductions of art works with accompanying text, where theartist is emphasized (21.17B1); and musical compositions with added accompaniment orparts (21.21A). Note that an added entry heading representing the person responsiblefor the augmenting work may be used in conjunction with a title that represents thepreviously existing work.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�ILUVW�QDPHG�RU�PRUH�SURPLQHQWO\�QDPHG�FROODERUDWRU��)LJXUH��M�

)LJXUH��M depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the first named or more prominently named collaborator where thecollaborators have made different kinds of contributions to the work.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by one of thetwo persons collaborating in the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of the work(e.g., either the writer or the artist in a work of collaboration between writer and artist).

The content of the item is considered a single work. If the entry has a uniform titleadded to it, the uniform title identifies that work.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��M is specified in the rule for works ofcollaboration between artist and writer (21.24A).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FROODERUDWRU�LQ�D�ZRUN�RI�VKDUHG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\��)LJXUH��N�

)LJXUH��N depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under theheading for a collaborator (other than the principal author or first named author) in awork of shared responsibility. For an entry of this type, two or more persons arerepresented as “joint authors” of the work or works contained in the item described (i.e.,responsibility for the creation of the intellectual or artistic the content of the work orworks contained in the item is “shared” between those persons).

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by a personother than the one represented as the principal author, as the first named of two or moreprincipal authors, or as the first named author where principal responsibility is notindicated.

The item may contain one or more works by the persons sharing responsibility for thecreation of the content. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than one work, theuniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as a whole, or mayrepresent only the first work named in the item.

Page 30: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��N���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FROODERUDWRU��VKDUHG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\�

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 1

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

Page 31: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��O���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��DXWKRU�RI�ZRUNV�LQ�D�FROOHFWLRQ

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 1

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

CONTENT PART

Page 32: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

30

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��N is specified in rules for works of sharedresponsibility (21.6B1, 21.6B2, 21.6C1); and in the rule for added entry undercollaborator (21.30B1). Note that the rules limit the number of added entries forcollaborators to two (in cases where there are no more than three persons responsible),and provide for an entry only under the principal author or first named collaborator incases where there are four or more persons responsible.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��DXWKRU�RI�ZRUNV�LQ�D�FROOHFWLRQ��)LJXUH��O�

)LJXUH��O depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the second (or third) author named in an item containing two or moreworks (or extracts from two or more works) by different persons. For an entry of thistype, different persons are responsible for the intellectual or artistic content of individualcontent parts contained in the item. In this particular case, the item contains more thanthree works but there are only two or three persons responsible for the works in thecollection.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by one of thepersons (other than the person responsible for the first work named in the chief sourceof information) responsible for the creation of two or more of the works contained in theitem.

In this case the item contains more than one work. If the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. The work represented by the uniform title maybe co-extensive with the content of the item (i.e., the uniform title may represent thecomplete contents of the item by means of a collective title derived from the item itself).However, if the item lacks a collective title, the uniform title will represent only the firstwork named in the item.

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��O is specified in rules for collections ofworks by different persons (21.7B1, 21.7C1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPHU��)LJXUH��P�

)LJXUH��P depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the second (or third) principal performer of a work or works contained in asound recording. Two or three persons may be prominently represented as beingresponsible for the performance of the content of the item.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the personrepresented as the second (or third) principal performer where more than one performeris given prominence in the chief source of information.

The item may contain one or more works by a single writer or composer, or by differentwriters or composers. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than one work, theuniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as a whole, or mayrepresent only the first work named in the item.

Page 33: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(<4)

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��P���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPHU

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

PERSON 3

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

PERFORMANCE

CONTENT PART

Page 34: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��Q���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FROODERUDWRU��PL[HG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\�

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

Page 35: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

33

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��P is specified in rules for soundrecordings containing one work (21.23A1); sound recordings containing two or moreworks by the same person or body (21.23B1); and sound recordings containingcollections of works by different persons (21.23C1, 21.23D1). Note that the rules limitthe number of added entries for principal performers to two (in cases where there are nomore than three principal performers), and provide for an entry only under the principalperformer or first named principal performer in cases where there are four or moreprincipal performers.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FROODERUDWRU�LQ�D�ZRUN�RI�PL[HG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\��)LJXUH��Q�

)LJXUH��Q depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the less prominently named collaborator where the collaborators havemade different kinds of contributions to the work.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by one of thetwo persons collaborating in the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of the work(e.g., either the writer or the artist in a work of collaboration between writer and artist).

The content of the item is considered a single work. If the entry has a uniform titleadded to it, the uniform title identifies that work.

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��Q is specified in the rule for works ofcollaboration between artist and writer (21.24A); and in the rule for added entry undercollaborator (21.30B1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�HGLWRU�V��RU�FRPSLOHU�V���)LJXUH��R�

)LJXUH��R depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the person responsible for editing a work of shared responsibility orcompiling a collection of works or extracts of works by different persons. One or morepersons may be represented as being responsible for compiling and/or editing thecontent of the item.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by a personprominently named as a compiler or editor. Entries may be made for up to threecompilers or editors, if there are no more than three named prominently. If there aremore than three, an entry is made only for the principal compiler or editor, or the onenamed first.

The item may contain one or more works of shared responsibility, or a collection ofworks by different persons. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform titleadded to it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than onework, the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as a whole, ormay represent only the first work named in the item.

Page 36: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��R���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�HGLWRU�V��RU�FRPSLOHU�V�

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

PERSON 1

PERSON 2

PERSON 1

COMPILING OREDITING

Page 37: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��S���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�RWKHU�UHODWHG�SHUVRQ

CONTENT

PERSON

OTHERASSOCIATION

Page 38: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

36

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��R is specified in rules for collections ofofficial communications (21.4D1); works of shared responsibility (21.6C2); collections ofworks by different persons (21.7B1, 21.7C1); the rule for added entries for editors andcompilers (21.30D1); rules for collections of laws (21.31B1); ancient laws, etc.(21.31C1); and law reports (21.36A1, 21.36A2). Note that the rules limit the number ofadded entries for editors and compilers to three (in cases where there are no more thanthree editors or compilers prominently named), and provide for an added entry onlyunder the principal or first named editor or compiler in cases where there are four ormore prominently named.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�RWKHU�UHODWHG�SHUVRQ��)LJXUH��S�

)LJXUH��S depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting a person associated with the content of the item in a way other than havingresponsibility for creating, modifying, performing, compiling, or editing the content. Theassociation may be one involving attribution of authorship, participation in an interviewor exchange, acting as a medium for a spirit communication, acting as praeses,respondent, etc. in an academic disputation, acting as defendant, plaintiff, etc. in a courtproceeding, etc., being the addressee of a collection of letters, the honouree of afestschrift, etc. The association may also be one between a set of separately publishedillustrations and the writer of the work(s) illustrated, or between a musical compositionloosely based on another composer’s work and that other composer.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by a personassociated with the content of the item in one of the ways noted above.

The item may contain one or more works. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has auniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains morethan one work, the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as awhole, or may represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��S is specified in rules for reports ofinterviews and exchanges (21.25A); academic disputations (21.27A); and rules forreports of court decisions, cases, etc. (21.36C1, 21.36C2, 21.36C3, 21.36C4, 21.36C8).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��S is specified in rules for workserroneously or fictitiously attributed to a person (21.4C1); works of uncertain authorship(21.5A, 21.5B); separately published illustrations (21.11B1); reproductions of art works(21.16B); musical works based on compositions by another composer (21.18C1);reports of interviews or exchanges (21.25A, 21.25B); spirit communications (21.26A);academic disputations (21.27A); added entries for other related persons (21.30F); forreports of court decisions, cases, etc. (21.36C1, 21.36C2, 21.36C3, 21.36C4, 21.36C5,21.36C6, 21.36C7, 21.36C8, 21.36C9); and theological creeds, etc. (21.38A).

Page 39: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

37

(QWU\�XQGHU�FRUSRUDWH�QDPH�KHDGLQJ��)LJXUHV��D��N�

)LJXUHV��D��N illustrate the range of entries that are specified in the rules for entryunder a corporate name heading. Each diagram shows the specific relationshipsbetween the “real world” entities that come into play for the entry illustrated.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\��)LJXUH��D�

)LJXUH��D depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under theheading for the corporate body from which the content of the item emanates (i.e., thebody that issued, caused to be issued, or originated the content of the item).

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by thecorporate body from which the content of the item emanates.

Note that the item may contain one or more works by the body from which the contentemanates. If the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies onework. If the item contains more than one work, the work represented by the uniform titlemay be co-extensive with the content of the item, or it may represent only the first worknamed in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��D is specified in rules for works emanatingfrom a single corporate body (21.4B1); works erroneously or fictitiously attributed to acorporate body (21.4C2); certain works by heads of state, etc. (21.4D1); works thatprobably emanate from a particular corporate body (21.5B); liturgical music (21.22A); asound recording containing work(s) by a corporate body (21.23A1, 21.23B1); laws, etc.(21.31B1, 21.31B2, 21.31B3); administrative regulations, etc. (21.32A1, 21.32A2,21.32B1, 21.32C1); constitutions, etc. (21.33A, 21.33B, 21.33C1); court rules (21.34A,21.34B); treaties, etc. (21.35A, 21.35B1, 21.35C1, 21.35D1-21.35D4, 21.35E1-21.35E2,21.35F1-21.35F3); certain works reporting court decisions, cases, etc. (21.36A1,21.36C5-21.36C6, 21.36C8-21.36C9); and certain liturgical works (21.39A1-21.39A3,21.39B1).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��D is specified in rules for officialcommunications by heads of state, etc. (21.4D1); and constitutions, etc. (21.33A,21.33B, 21.33C1)

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�ZLWK�SULQFLSDO�UHVSRQVLELOLW\�RU�ILUVW�QDPHGFRUSRUDWH�ERG\��)LJXUH��E�

)LJXUH��E depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under theheading for the corporate body with principal responsibility or first named corporate bodyresponsible for a work of shared responsibility. For an entry of this type, two or morebodies are represented as being jointly responsible for the work or works contained inthe item described.

Page 40: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��D���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY

EMANATION

Page 41: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��E���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�ZLWK�SULQFLSDO�UHVSRQVLELOLW\�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY 1

CORPORATE BODY 2

CORPORATE BODY 1

EMANATION

Page 42: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

40

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the bodyrepresented as the body with principal responsibility, as the first named of two or morebodies with principal responsibility, or as the first named body where principalresponsibility is not indicated.

The item may contain one or more works emanating from bodies sharing responsibilityfor the content. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title added to it,the uniform title identifies one work, which may be co-extensive with the content of theitem as a whole, or may represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��E is specified in rules for works of sharedresponsibility (21.6B1, 21.6B2, 21.6C1).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��E is specified in rules for works ofshared responsibility where more than three corporate bodies are involved (21.6C2).

For entry under the heading for the second or third corporate body sharing responsibilityfor the content of the item see )LJXUH��K.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�ILUVW�QDPHG�ZRUN�RU�ILUVW�QDPHGFRUSRUDWH�ERG\��)LJXUH��F�

)LJXUH��F depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the corporate body responsible for the first named work or the first namedcorporate body in an item containing two or more works (or extracts from two or moreworks) by different bodies. For an entry of this type, different bodies are responsible forthe content of individual content parts contained in the item.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the bodyresponsible for the first work named in the chief source of information (where the itemlacks a collective title) or the first body named in the chief source of information (wherethe item has a collective title and contains more than three works).

In this case the item contains more than one work. If the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. The work represented by the uniform title maybe co-extensive with the content of the item (i.e., the uniform title may represent thecomplete contents of the item by means of a collective title derived from the item itself).However, if the item lacks a collective title, the uniform title will represent only the firstwork named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��F is specified in rules for collections ofworks by different bodies lacking a collective title (21.7C1); collections of translations ofworks by different bodies lacking a collective title (21.14B); sound recordings containingcollections of works by different bodies lacking a collective title (21.23D1); andcollections of works reporting court decisions, cases, etc. lacking a collective title(21.36C9).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��F is specified in rules for collections ofworks by different bodies with a collective title (21.7B1).

Page 43: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��F���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�ILUVW�QDPHG�ZRUN�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY 1

CORPORATE BODY 2

CORPORATE BODY 1

CONTENT PART

EMANATION

Page 44: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��G���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPLQJ�ERG\�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPLQJ�ERG\

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CORPORATE BODY 1

CORPORATE BODY 1

PERFORMANCE

CONTENT PART

Page 45: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

43

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPLQJ�ERG\�RU�ILUVW�QDPHG�SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPLQJERG\��)LJXUH��G�

)LJXUH��G depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the principal performing body or first named principal performing body of awork or works contained in a sound recording. One or more bodies may be representedas being responsible for the performance of the content of the item.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the bodyrepresented as the principal performing body or the first named principal performingbody where more than one performing body is given prominence in the chief source ofinformation.

The item may contain one or more works by a single writer or composer, or by differentwriters or composers. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than one work, theuniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as a whole, or mayrepresent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��G is specified in rules for sound recordingscontaining collections of works by different persons (21.23C1, 21.23D1).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��G is specified in rules for soundrecordings containing one work (21.23A1); sound recordings containing two or moreworks by the same person or body (21.23B1); and sound recordings containingcollections of works by different persons (21.23D1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�DXJPHQWHG�ZRUN��)LJXUH��H�

)LJXUH��H depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the body responsible for the previously existing work, where the content ofthe item includes in addition to that work a commentary, interpretation, or exegesis byanother person or body.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the bodyresponsible for the content of the previously existing work.

The item, in effect, contains two works: the previously existing work and theaugmenting work (commentary, etc.). If the entry has a uniform title added to it, theuniform title identifies either the previously existing work or the augmenting work,depending on which of the two is emphasized in the chief source of information.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��H is specified in rules for texts withcommentary, etc., where the original work is emphasized (21.13C1, 21.13D1).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��H is specified in rules for texts withcommentary, etc., where the commentary, etc. is emphasized (21.13B1, 21.13D1).

Page 46: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

augments

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��H���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�DXJPHQWHG�ZRUN

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON/BODY 2

CORPORATE BODY 1

CONTENT PART

EMANATION

Page 47: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

augments

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��I���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�DXJPHQWLQJ�ZRUN

CONTENT

PERSON/BODY 2

CORPORATE BODY 1

CONTENT PART

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

EMANATION

Page 48: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

46

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�DXJPHQWLQJ�ZRUN��)LJXUH��I�

)LJXUH��I depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the body responsible for the augmenting work, where the content of theitem includes a previously existing text, art works, or musical composition by anotherperson or body as well as a commentary, interpretation, or exegesis.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the bodyresponsible for the content of the augmenting work (i.e., commentary, etc.).

The item, in effect, contains two works: the previously existing work and theaugmenting work (commentary, etc.). If the entry has a uniform title added to it, theuniform title identifies either the previously existing work or the augmenting work,depending on which of the two is emphasized in the chief source of information.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��I is specified in rules for texts withcommentary, etc., where the commentary, etc. is emphasized (21.13B1, 21.13D1).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��I is specified in rules for texts withcommentary, etc., where the original work is emphasized (21.13C1, 21.13D1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�RULJLQDO�ZRUN��)LJXUH��J�

)LJXUH��J depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the body responsible for the original work, where the content of the item isa translation of a previously existing work.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the bodyresponsible for the original work on which the content of the item is based.

If the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies the original work, notthe modification contained in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��J is specified in the rule for translations(21.14A).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�D�ZRUN�RIVKDUHG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\��)LJXUH��K�

)LJXUH��K depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under theheading for a corporate body (other than the principal body or first named body) in awork of shared responsibility. For an entry of this type, the content of the itememanates from two or more bodies.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by a body otherthan the one with principal responsibility, the first named of two or more principal bodies,or the first named body where principal responsibility is not indicated.

Page 49: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��J���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�RULJLQDO�ZRUN

CONTENT

PERSON 1

CORPORATE BODY 1

RESPONSIBILITY

EMANATION

MODIFCATION

modified by

Page 50: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��K���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��UHVSRQVLEOH�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY 1

CORPORATE BODY 2

CORPORATE BODY 1

EMANATION

Page 51: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

49

The item may contain one or more works emanating from the bodies sharingresponsibility for the content. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform titleadded to it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than onework, the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as a whole, ormay represent only the first work named in the item.

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��K is specified in rules for works ofshared responsibility (21.6B1, 21.6B2, 21.6C1); and in the rule for added entry undercollaborator (21.30B1). Note that the rules limit the number of added entries forcollaborating bodies to two (in cases where there are no more than three bodiesresponsible), and provide for an entry only under the principal body or first named bodyin cases where there are four or more bodies responsible.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�ZRUNV�LQ�DFROOHFWLRQ��)LJXUH��L�

)LJXUH��L depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the second (or third) corporate body named in an item containing two ormore works (or extracts from two or more works) by different bodies. For an entry ofthis type, different bodies are responsible for the content of individual content partscontained in the item. In this particular case, the item contains more than three worksbut there are only two or three bodies responsible for the works in the collection.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by one of thebodies (other than the body responsible for the first work named in the chief source ofinformation) responsible for two or more of the works contained in the item.

In this case the item contains more than one work. If the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. The work represented by the uniform title maybe co-extensive with the content of the item (i.e., the uniform title may represent thecomplete contents of the item by means of a collective title derived from the item itself).However, if the item lacks a collective title, the uniform title will represent only the firstwork named in the item.

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��L is specified in rules for collections ofworks by different bodies (21.7B1, 21.7C1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPLQJ�ERG\��)LJXUH��M�

)LJXUH��M depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting the second (or third) principal performing body of a work or workscontained in a sound recording. Two or three bodies may be prominently representedas being responsible for the performance of the content of the item.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by the bodyrepresented as the second (or third) principal performing body where more than oneperforming body is given prominence in the chief source of information.

Page 52: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��L���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��FRUSRUDWH�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�ZRUNV�LQ�D�FROOHFWLRQ

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY 1

CORPORATE BODY 2

CORPORATE BODY 1

CONTENT PART

EMANATION

Page 53: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(<4)

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��M���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHFRQG��RU�WKLUG��SULQFLSDO�SHUIRUPLQJ�ERG\

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CORPORATE BODY 3

CORPORATE BODY 2

CORPORATE BODY 1

PERFORMANCE

CONTENT PART

Page 54: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

52

The item may contain one or more works by a single writer or composer, or by differentwriters or composers. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has a uniform title addedto it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than one work, theuniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as a whole, or mayrepresent only the first work named in the item.

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��M is specified in rules for soundrecordings containing one work (21.23A1); sound recordings containing two or moreworks by the same person or body (21.23B1); and sound recordings containingcollections of works by different persons (21.23C1, 21.23D1). Note that the rules limitthe number of added entries for principal performing bodies to two (in cases where thereare no more than three principal performing bodies), and provide for an entry only underthe principal performing body or first named performing body in cases where there arefour or more principal performing bodies.

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SURPLQHQWO\�QDPHG�RU�RWKHU�UHODWHG�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\��)LJXUH��N�

)LJXUH��N depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under a headingrepresenting a body associated with the content of the item in a way other than havingresponsibility for issuing, originating, or performing the content. The association may beone involving attribution of responsibility, acting as defendant, plaintiff, etc. in a courtproceeding, etc., being the venue for an exhibition, etc. The association may be onebetween the item and any body prominently named in the item that functions other thansimply as a publisher, distributor or manufacturer.

The heading for the entry represents a bibliographic identity established by a bodyassociated with the content of the item in one of the ways noted above.

The item may contain one or more works. As noted under )LJXUH��D, if the entry has auniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the item contains morethan one work, the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item as awhole, or may represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��N is specified in rules for laws, etc.(21.31B1-21.31B2) administrative regulations (21.32B1, 21.32C1); constitutions, etc.(21.33A); court rules (21.34A); and rules for reports of court decisions, cases, etc.(21.36A1, 21.36C5-21.36C6, 21.36C8-21.36C9).

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��N is specified in rules for workserroneously or fictitiously attributed to a body (21.4C1); works of uncertain attribution(21.5A, 21.5B); reproductions of art works (21.16B); added entries for prominentlynamed corporate bodies (21.30E1); added entries for other related bodies (21.30F1);laws governing more than one jurisdiction (21.31B2); administrative regulations(21.32A1); constitutions, etc. (21.33A); court rules (21.34A); reports of court decisions,cases, etc. (21.36A1-21.36A2, 21.36B1, 21.36C1-21.36C9); theological creeds, etc.(21.38A); and liturgical works (21.39A1-21.39A2, 21.39B1, 21.39C1).

Page 55: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

establishes

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��N���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�SURPLQHQWO\�QDPHG�RU�RWKHU�UHODWHG�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY

OTHERASSOCIATION

Page 56: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

54

(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH��)LJXUHV��D��J�

)LJXUHV��D��J illustrate the range of entries that are specified in the rules for entryunder title. Each diagram shows the specific relationships between the “real world”entities that come into play for the entry illustrated.

(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�ZRUN�RI�XQNQRZQ�DXWKRUVKLS�RU�E\�DQ�XQQDPHG�JURXS��)LJXUH��D�

)LJXUH��D depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under the title fora work of unknown authorship or by an unnamed group.

The entry may or may not have a heading superimposed as an access point. If auniform title has been added to the entry, the uniform title functions GH�IDFWR as theheading. If there is no uniform title, the title proper of the item may be superimposed onthe entry as the heading (see 0.6). If there is no heading superimposed on the entry,the lead element for the entry is the first element in the description (i.e., the title proper).

Note that the item may contain one or more works by the body from which the contentemanates. If the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies onework. If the item contains more than one work, the work represented by the uniform titlemay be co-extensive with the content of the item, or it may represent only the first worknamed in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��D is specified in rules for works erroneouslyor fictitiously attributed to a person or corporate body (21.4C1-21.4C2); and works ofunknown authorship or by an unnamed group (21.5A).

(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�ZRUN�RI�GLIIXVH�DXWKRUVKLS��)LJXUH��E�

)LJXUH��E depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under the title fora work of diffuse authorship (i.e., a work for which more than three persons and/orcorporate bodies are responsible).

As noted under )LJXUH��D, the entry may or may not have a heading superimposed asan access point.

The item may contain one or more works. If the entry has a uniform title added to it, theuniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than one work, the workrepresented by the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item, or itmay represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��E is specified in rules for works of sharedresponsibility (21.6C2); and reports of interviews or exchanges (21.25A).

Page 57: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

represents

identifies

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��D���(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�ZRUN�RI�XQNQRZQ�DXWKRUVKLS�RU�E\�DQ�XQQDPHG�JURXS

CONTENT

Page 58: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>3)

(>3)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

represents

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

00

0

0

)LJXUH��E���(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�ZRUN�RI�GLIIXVH�DXWKRUVKLS

EMANATION

CONTENT

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

PERSON/BODY 1

PERSON/BODY 3

PERSON/BODY 2

PERSON/BODY 1

Page 59: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

57

(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�FROOHFWLRQ�RI�ZRUNV�E\�GLIIHUHQW�SHUVRQV�DQG�RU�ERGLHV��)LJXUH��F�

)LJXUH��F depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under the title fora collection of works by different persons and/or bodies. The item may or may not havea collective title. If the item has a collective title, the entry is under that title. If the itemlacks a collective title, and the first work named in the item is one that would be enteredunder title, the entry is under that title.

As noted under )LJXUH��D, the entry may or may not have a heading superimposed asan access point.

If the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies one work. The workrepresented by the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item, or itmay represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��F is specified in rules for collections ofworks by different persons and/or bodies (21.7B1, 21.7C1); collections of translations ofworks by different persons and/or bodies (21.14B); collections of a writer’s works set byseveral composers (21.19C); and sound recordings containing collections of works bydifferent persons and/or bodies (21.23C1, 21.23D1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�ZRUN�HPDQDWLQJ�IURP�D�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\��)LJXUH��G�

)LJXUH��G depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under the title fora work emanating from a corporate body where the work is of a type that falls outsidethe categories specified for entry under corporate body in rule 21.1B2 and is not a workof personal authorship.

As noted under )LJXUH��D, the entry may or may not have a heading superimposed asan access point.

The item may contain one or more works associated with the body from which thecontent emanates. If the entry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifiesone work. If the item contains more than one work, the work represented by the uniformtitle may be co-extensive with the content of the item, or it may represent only the firstwork named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��G is specified in rules for a work emanatingfrom a corporate body but not falling into one of the categories specified for entry undercorporate body and is not a work of personal authorship (21.1C1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�FHUWDLQ�UHOLJLRXV�ZRUNV��)LJXUH��H�

)LJXUH��H depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under the title forcertain religious works. The work is associated with a religious group in that it isaccepted by the group as sacred scripture, a creed, or part of its liturgy.

Page 60: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

RESPONSIBILITY

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

00

00

0

000

0

)LJXUH��F���(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�FROOHFWLRQ�RI�ZRUNV�E\�GLIIHUHQW�SHUVRQV�DQG�RU�ERGLHV

CONTENT

EMANATION

CREATION

PERSON/BODY 1PERSON/BODY 2

PERSON/BODY 1

CONTENT PART

Page 61: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

represents

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��G���(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�D�ZRUN�HPDQDWLQJ�IURP�D�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY

EMANATION

Page 62: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

60

As noted under )LJXUH��D, the entry may or may not have a heading superimposed asan access point.

The item may contain one or more works associated with the religious group. If theentry has a uniform title added to it, the uniform title identifies one work. If the itemcontains more than one work, the work represented by the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item, or it may represent only the first work named inthe item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��H is specified in rules for works acceptedas sacred scripture (21.37A); theological creeds, etc. (21.38A); and Jewish liturgicalworks (21.39C1).

(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�RWKHU�ZRUNV��)LJXUH��I�

)LJXUH��I depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an entry under the title forother works.

As noted under )LJXUH��D, the entry may or may not have a heading superimposed asan access point.

The item may contain one or more works. If the entry has a uniform title added to it, theuniform title identifies one work. If the item contains more than one work, the workrepresented by the uniform title may be co-extensive with the content of the item, or itmay represent only the first work named in the item.

A main entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��I is specified in rules for compilations oflaws governing more than one jurisdiction (21.31B2); ancient laws, etc. (21.31C1);collections of administrative regulations (21.32C1); treaties, etc. (21.35A2, 21.35B1);and citations, digests, etc. (21. 36B1)

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��I is specified in rules for works ofunknown or uncertain authorship or by unnamed groups (21.5B); and in the rule for titleadded entries (21.30J1).

$GGHG�HQWU\�XQGHU�YDULDQW�WLWOH�LQ�WKH�LWHP��)LJXUH��J�

)LJXUH��J depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in an added entry under avariant title appearing in the item described.

Note that in this case the added entry heading (i.e., the variant title) represents the item,as distinct from the work contained in the item .

An added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��J is specified in the rule for title addedentries (21.30J1).

Page 63: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

represents

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

0

)LJXUH��H���(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH�IRU�FHUWDLQ�UHOLJLRXV�ZRUNV

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY

OTHERASSOCIATION

Page 64: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation ofincorporates

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

)LJXUH��I���(QWU\�XQGHU�WLWOH��RWKHU�ZRUNV�

CONTENT PART

CONTENT

EMANATION

OTHERASSOCIATION

RESPONSIBILITY

PERFORMANCE

COMPILING OREDITING

MODIFICATION

CREATION

CORPORATE BODY

PERSON

WORK

0

0

0

00

00

0

0

0

00

0

0

00

0

0

0

00

added to

access point for

identifies

represents

UNIFORM TITLE

HEADING

0

0

Page 65: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

represented by

manifestation ofincorporates

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

)LJXUH��J���$GGHG�HQWU\�XQGHU�YDULDQW�WLWOH�LQ�LWHP

CONTENT PART

CONTENT

EMANATION

OTHERASSOCIATION

RESPONSIBILITY

PERFORMANCE

COMPILING OREDITING

MODIFICATION

CREATION

CORPORATE BODY

PERSON

WORK

0

0

0

00

00

0

0

0

00

0

0

00

0

0

0

00

access point for

HEADING

Page 66: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

64

1DPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWULHV��)LJXUHV��D��G�

)LJXUHV��D��G illustrate the range of name-title added entries that are specified in therules for related works and for works represented in an item containing more than onework. Each diagram shows the specific relationships between the “real world” entitiesthat come into play for the entry illustrated.

1DPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\��SHUVRQDO�QDPH��XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�UHODWHG�ZRUN��)LJXUH��D�

)LJXUH��D depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in a name-title added entryunder the heading for a related work where the related work is entered under a personalname heading. The related work may be the original work to which an adaptation,illustrations, revision, musical setting, continuation, sequel, supplement, index,concordance, incidental music, cadenza, choreography, or libretto is related. The relatedwork may also be a cinemagraphic work produced from a screenplay or scenario. Therelated work may also be the serial to which a special number belongs or from which acollection of extracts has been taken.

The work represented by the name-title added entry is a work related to the workcontained in the item described. The name element in the heading represents abibliographic identity established by the person responsible for the creation of therelated work. The title element in the heading represents the related work. The titleelement in the heading may be a uniform title identifying the related work.

A name-title added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��D is specified in rules foradaptations (21.10A, 21.16A, 21.18C1, 21.19A1); separately published illustrations(21.11B); revisions (21.12B1); musical settings (21.19A1); and continuations, sequels,supplements, indexes, concordances, incidental music, cadenzas, scenarios,screenplays, choreographies, librettos, special numbers of serials, and collections ofextracts from serials (21.28A1, 21.28.B1).

1DPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\��FRUSRUDWH�QDPH��XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�UHODWHG�ZRUN��)LJXUH��E�

)LJXUH��E depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in a name-title added entryunder the heading for a related work where the related work is entered under acorporate name heading. The related work may be the original work to which anadaptation, illustrations, revision, musical setting, continuation, sequel, supplement,index, concordance, incidental music, cadenza, choreography, libretto, or regulation isrelated. The related work may also be a cinemagraphic work produced from ascreenplay or scenario. The related work may also be the serial to which a specialnumber belongs or from which a collection of extracts has been taken.

The work represented by the name-title added entry is a work related to the workcontained in the item described. The name element in the heading represents abibliographic identity established by the corporate body responsible for the related work.The title element in the heading represents the related work. The title element in theheading may be a uniform title identifying the related work.

Page 67: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

access point for

incorporates

establishes

represents

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

)LJXUH��D���1DPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\��SHUVRQDO�QDPH��XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�UHODWHG�ZRUN

CONTENT

PERSON

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

related to

Page 68: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

access point for

incorporates

establishes

represents

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

WORK 2

WORK 1

HEADING

)LJXUH��E���1DPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\��FRUSRUDWH�QDPH��XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�UHODWHG�ZRUN

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY

EMANATION

related to

Page 69: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

67

A name-title added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��E is specified in rules foradaptations (21.10A, 21.16A, 21.18C1, 21.19A1); separately published illustrations(21.11B); revisions (21.12B1); musical settings (21.19A1); continuations, sequels,supplements, indexes, concordances, incidental music, cadenzas, scenarios,screenplays, choreographies, librettos, special numbers of serials, and collections ofextracts from serials (21.28A1, 21.28.B1); and regulations (21.32A1-21.32A2, 21.32B1).

1DPH�WLWOH�DQDO\WLFDO�DGGHG�HQWU\��SHUVRQDO�QDPH���)LJXUH��F�

)LJXUH��F depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in a name-title analyticaladded entry for a work represented in an item containing more than one work where thework represented is entered under a personal name heading.

The work represented by the name-title added entry is a work contained in the itemdescribed (other than the first named work) where the item contains more than onework. The name element in the heading represents a bibliographic identity establishedby the person responsible for the creation of the work represented in the heading. Thetitle element in the heading represents one of the works contained in the item. The titleelement in the heading may be a uniform title identifying the work.

A analytical added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��F is specified in rules forcollections of works (21.7B1, 21.7C1); and the rule for analytical added entries(21.30M1).

1DPH�WLWOH�DQDO\WLFDO�DGGHG�HQWU\��FRUSRUDWH�QDPH���)LJXUH��G�

)LJXUH��G depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in a name-title analyticaladded entry for a work represented in an item containing more than one work where thework represented is entered under a corporate name heading.

The work represented by the name-title added entry is a work contained in the itemdescribed (other than the first named work) where the item contains more than onework. The name element in the heading represents a bibliographic identity establishedby the body responsible for the work represented in the heading. The title element inthe heading represents one of the works contained in the item. The title element in theheading may be a uniform title identifying the work.

A analytical added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��G is specified in the rules foranalytical added entries (21.30M1); analytical added entries for a collection of lawsgoverning more than one jurisdiction (21.31B2); and analytical added entries for an itemcontaining both a regulation and the law from which it derives (21.32A2).

Page 70: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

access point for

incorporates

establishes

represents

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

WORK 1

WORK 1

HEADING

)LJXUH��F���1DPH�WLWOH�DQDO\WLFDO�DGGHG�HQWU\��SHUVRQDO�QDPH�

CONTENT

PERSON

RESPONSIBILITY

CREATION

CONTENT PART

Page 71: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

(>1)

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

access point for

incorporates

establishes

represents

represented by

BIBLIOGRAPHICIDENTITY

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

WORK 1

WORK 1

HEADING

)LJXUH��G���1DPH�WLWOH�DQDO\WLFDO�DGGHG�HQWU\��FRUSRUDWH�QDPH�

CONTENT

CORPORATE BODY

EMANATION

CONTENT PART

Page 72: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

70

(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHULHV��)LJXUHV��D�

)LJXUH��D depicts the “real world” entities that are reflected in a series added entry.

The series represented by the heading is a series to which the item described belongs.The heading may contain both a name element and a title element or a title elementonly. The name element in the heading, if present, represents a bibliographic identityestablished by the person or corporate body responsible for series. The title element inthe heading represents the series. The title element in the heading may be a uniformtitle identifying the series.

A series added entry of the type depicted in )LJXUH��D is specified in the rule for seriesadded entries (21.30L).

5HODWLRQVKLSV

The rules in Part II provide for reflecting implicitly a number of the relationships thatoperate between both the “bibliographic” entities and the “real world” entities depicted in)LJXUH ��and in the subsequent diagrams illustrating various types of entry.

Relationships between a person and the creation of the content of an item include the“creation responsibility” relationship. (For details on this 3(5621-to-&5($7,21relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 23.)

Relationships between a person and the modification of the content of an item includethe “modification responsibility” relationship. (For details on this 3(5621-to-02',),&$7,21 relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 24.)

Relationships between a person and the performance of the content of an item includethe “performance responsibility” relationship. (For details on this 3(5621-to-3(5)250$1&( relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 25.)

Relationships between a person and the compilation/editing of the content of an iteminclude the “compilation/editing responsibility” relationship. (For details on this 3(5621-to-&203,/$7,21�(',7,1* relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 26.)

Other relationships between a person and the content of an item are included in the“other association” relationship. (For details on this 3(5621-to-27+(5�$662&,$7,21relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 27.)

Relationships between a corporate body and the emanation of the content of an iteminclude the “emanation responsibility” relationship. (For details on this &25325$7(%2'<-to-(0$1$7,21 relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 28.)

Relationships between a corporate body and the performance of the content of an iteminclude the “performance responsibility” relationship. (For details on this &25325$7(%2'<-to-3(5)250$1&( relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 29.)

Page 73: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

ITEM

represented by

manifestation of

added to

access point for

incorporates

identifies

DESCRIPTION

ENTRY

UNIFORM TITLE

WORK

HEADING

0

)LJXUH��D���(QWU\�XQGHU�KHDGLQJ�IRU�VHULHV

CONTENT

SERIES

represented by

belongs to

Page 74: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

72

Other relationships between a corporate body and the content of an item are included inthe “other association” relationship. (For details on this &25325$7(�%2'<-to-27+(5$662&,$7,21 relationship and its associated data elements see Tab 30.)

Relationships between one work and another work include the following: “adaptation,”“illustration,” “revision,” “translation,” “reproduction,” “arrangement/transcription,”“musical setting,” “accompaniment/added part,” “continuation/sequel,” “supplement,”“index,” “concordance,” “incidental music,” “cadenza,” “scenario/screenplay,”“choreography,” “libretto/text,” “regulation,” and “whole/part” relationships. (For detailson these :25.-to-:25. relationships and their associated data elements see Tab 31.)

Relationships between a series and an item within the series include the “whole/part”relationship. (For details on this 6(5,(6 -to-,7(0 relationship and its associated dataelements see Tab 32.)

.(<�,668(6

The model produced for this study provides a clearly defined frame of reference for re-examining the principles and assumptions underlying the internal logic of the code andfor exploring options for modifying its logical structure. What follows is a re-framing of anumber of key issues relating to the structure of the code and its future developmentwith specific reference to the logical structure set out in the model.

����)XQFWLRQV�RI�WKH�FDWDORJXH

Any examination of the principles upon which AACR is based should begin by assessingthose principles with respect to their effectiveness in fulfilling the functions of thecatalogue.

Although there is no explicit statement in the code relating to the functions of thecatalogue, the preface to the 1978 edition does indicate that the code was developedwith a view to maintaining general conformity with the Paris Principles of 1961. It can beinferred, therefore, that the assumed functions of the catalogue on which the code isbased are those set out in section 2 of the Paris Principles:

���)XQFWLRQV�RI�WKH�FDWDORJXH

The catalogue should be an efficient instrument for ascertaining

2.1 whether the library contains a particular book specified by(a) its author and title, RU(b) if the author is not named in the book, its title alone, RU(c) if author and title are inappropriate or insufficient for identification, a

suitable substitute for the title; and2.2 (a) which works by a particular author and

(b) which editions of a particular work are in the library.

Page 75: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

73

Assessing the extent to which catalogues constructed according to the rules in AACRwill fulfill those functions requires as a first step an analysis of how the terms “author,”“work,” and “edition” as used in the statement of principles adopted in Paris in 1961 areinterpreted in the context of the code.

����7KH�FRQFHSW�RI�³DXWKRUVKLS´

The term “authorship” is used in AACR only with reference to works of “personalauthorship.” The term “personal author” is defined in rule 21.1A1 as “the person chieflyresponsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of a work.” The generalrule for works of personal authorship (21.1A2) subsequently makes distinctions betweenworks of single personal authorship, works of shared personal authorship, and works ofmixed personal authorship.

Based on the definition and categorizations noted above, “authorship” would appear toencompass those relationships between a person or persons and the content of an itemthat entail responsibility for either creation or modification of the intellectual or artisticcontent. Presumably the other relationships between a person or persons and thecontent of an item that are defined in the model (i.e., responsibility for the performance,compiling or editing of the content, and other associations with the content of the item)fall outside the scope of “authorship.”

If that is a valid interpretation of “authorship” as it is reflected in the code, and the code’sconcept of “authorship” accurately reflects the concept implied in the Paris Principles,the functions of the catalogue as they relate to the “author” of a “book” and the “works”of an “author” would appear to be fulfilled through the construction of entries under thefollowing headings that are applicable to any item in the catalogue:

� the heading for the author or probable author (Figure 3a);� the heading for the principal author or first named author of a work of shared

responsibility (Figure 3b);� the heading for the author of the first named work or the first named author in an

item containing a collection of works by different persons (Figure 3d);� the heading for the person responsible for adapting, revising, translating,

arranging or transcribing the work (Figure 3f);� the heading for the person responsible for the original work (Figure 3g);� the heading for the author of an augmented work (Figure 3h);� the heading for the author of an augmenting work (Figure 3i);� the heading for the first named or more prominently named collaborator in a work

of mixed responsibility (Figure 3j);� the headings for other persons collaborating in a work of shared responsibility

(Figure 3k);� the headings for other authors of works in an item containing a collection of works

by different persons (Figure 3l);� the heading for the second collaborator in a work of mixed responsibility (Figure

3n).

Page 76: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

74

There are specific instructions in the rules, however, that limit the making of entries thatwould otherwise be included among the headings identified in the above list. Thoselimitations are as follows:

� an entry under the heading for a translator (Figure 3f) is made only under theconditions set out in rule 21.30K1;

� an entry under the heading for an illustrator (Figure 3i) is made only under theconditions set out in rule 21.30K2;

� an entry under the heading for the writer of the text accompanying reproductionsof art works (Figure 3i) is made only if the writer is named in the chief source ofinformation;

� an entry under the heading for a person collaborating in a work of sharedresponsibility (other than the principal author or the first named) (Figure 3k) ismade only if there are no more than three principal authors or three personsresponsible;

� an entry under the heading for the author of a work in an item containing acollection of works by different persons (other than the author of the first work orthe first named author) is made only if there are no more than three authorsresponsible for the works in the collection;

� an entry under the heading for the author of a work in a sound recordingcontaining works by different persons is not made if the sound recording has acollective title (regardless of the nature of the participation of the performers), or ifthe sound recording has no collective title and the participation of the performersgoes beyond that of performance, interpretation, or execution;

� an entry under the heading for the author of a work in a sound recordingcontaining works by different persons (other than the author of the first work orthe first named author) (Figure 3l) is made only if there are no more than threeauthors responsible for the works in the collection, the sound recording has nocollective title, and the participation of the performers does not go beyond that ofperformance, interpretation, or execution.

In attempting to confirm or establish basic principles relating to the choice of accesspoints, the exceptions noted above that limit the application of the basic principle thatwould flow from statements 2.1(a) and 2.2(a) in the Paris Principles need to be re-assessed. If they are deemed to be valid as exceptions, it would be helpful if therationale for those exceptions were articulated in a way that would provide direction indealing with other cases of an analogous nature that might arise as the new forms ofintellectual and artistic expression and new combinations of so-called multimedia worksemerge.

A second question arising from AACR’s implementation of the “authorship” concept isone relating to the rationale for making entries under headings for persons whoserelationship to the content of an item falls outside the scope of creation or modificationof the intellectual or artistic content. Entries under headings for performers (Figures 3eand 3m), compilers and editors (Figure 3o), participants in interviews and exchanges,parties in court proceedings, addressees of letters, honourees of festschrifts, etc.(Figure 3p) are not required to fulfill the functions set out in statements 2.1(a) and 2.2(a)in the Paris Principles. Assuming those entries are justified, and that the functions ofthe catalogue are in fact more extensive than implied in the Paris Principles, thequestion that arises is what kinds of relationships to persons (beyond those pertaining to“authorship”) should be reflected in entries specified by the code. Are there newly

Page 77: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

75

emerging relationships between persons and the intellectual or artistic content of anitem that should be reflected through entries in the catalogue? If so, is it feasible todevelop basic criteria to support the addition of new rules or to articulate guidelines thatcataloguers might follow in the absence of specific rules?

A subsidiary issue related to the concept of “authorship” is a question relating to theconcept of “bibliographic identity” as it is reflected in rules relating to choice of name asthe basis for the heading for a person who uses more than one pseudonym, or a realname in addition to one or more pseudonyms (22.2B), and indirectly in the rule for entryunder shared pseudonym (21.6D). Does the concept of “bibliographic identity” in factalter the concept of “authorship” in that the “author” in cases affected by rules 22.2B and21.6D is not a “person” as such, but rather a “persona” that for bibliographic purposes istreated as a “person”? If the “author” is in fact an abstract rather than a physical entity,can an argument be made for extending the application of the separate or shared“bibliographic identity” beyond those instances that have been dealt with under thespecific rules cited? Why is it that other instances of a person using more than onename are not treated in an analogous manner? Is it possible to articulate a principle toreflect the rationale for treating certain cases involving the use of more than one namein one way and others in a different way?

����7KH�FRQFHSW�RI�WKH�³ZRUN´

The introduction to Part II of the code states that the rules therein “apply to works andnot to physical manifestations of those works” (20.1). The term “work” serves as a keypoint of reference throughout Chapters 21 and 25. But nowhere in the code is the term“work” defined.

In the absence of a definition in the code itself, the definition for “work” used in themodel is derived from the $/$�JORVVDU\�RI�OLEUDU\�DQG�LQIRUPDWLRQ�VFLHQFH: “a specificbody of recorded information in the form of words, numerals, sounds, images, or anyother symbols, as distinct from the substance on which it is recorded.” That definition,however, is not substantially different from the definition for “content” that is used in themodel: “the intellectual or artistic substance contained in an item.” In fact, the terms“work” and “content” as they are used in Part II of the code are to a large extentinterchangeable. Differentiating between the two is something that is difficult to do inthe form of a definition.

What is required to understand the operative distinctions between a work and thecontent of an item is an examination of the instructions in the rules relating to the choiceof headings for main and added entries and the formulation of uniform titles. From ananalysis of those rules, inferences can be made about the operative meaning of theterm “work” and its implicit boundaries.

The assumption generally made is that the main entry heading together with the uniformtitle (if applicable) or the title proper of the item described serve as the standard form ofcitation for the work. That assumption is supported by statements made in the generalintroduction to the code (0.5), by the instructions in Part I for citing “other works” in thedescriptive portion of the record (1.7A4), and by the instructions in Part II for formulatinga name-title added entry to identify a related work (21.30G1). There is also an

Page 78: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

76

assumption generally made that two items with the same main entry heading anduniform title, or with the same main entry heading and title proper, are embodiments ofthe same work, and by corollary, that two items are QRW embodiments of the same workif they do not have the same main entry heading and uniform title, or (in the absence ofa uniform title) the same main entry heading and title proper. These assumptions,however, do not apply equally across all permutations of the variables diagrammed inFigure 2. The key variables and their relationship to the identity and boundariesestablished for a work are analyzed below.

,WHP�FRQWDLQLQJ�D�VLQJOH�ZRUN

The general assumptions stated above appear to be valid when applied to cases wherethe content of the item described in the entry is perceived to be a single intellectual orartistic entity (i.e., where the content is seen as a single work). In those cases the mainentry heading is normally viewed as representing the person or corporate body mostclosely associated with the work, and the primary title for the entry (i.e., the uniform title,if one has been added, or, otherwise, the title proper) is viewed as the primary identifierfor the work as such. The absence of a uniform title serves as a signal that the contentof the item is in effect the work and that the title proper derived from the item itself is forall practical purposes the title of the work.

In cases where the item contains what is perceived to be a single work, the rules set theparameters for determining whether the title proper derived from the item itself qualifiesas the title for identifying the work. If the content of the item described in the entry isseen to be substantially the same as the content of previously published items, and thetitle proper has been consistent from one “edition” to another, the title proper for the itemdescribed serves as the title for the work contained in the item. If the title proper for theitem described differs from the title that has been used to identify the work as previouslypublished, the rules make provision for adding to the entry a uniform title identifying thework. Similar provisions are made for adding a uniform title to the entry when thecontent of the item is a translation, a musical arrangement or transcription, or aperformance of content previously published under a different title. In each of thosecases the content of each individual item is treated as a “manifestation” of one and thesame work. On the other hand, if the content of the item described in the entry is seento embody a revision or updating of the content in a previously published item, rule25.2B directs the cataloguer not to add a uniform title, signalling that the revised orupdated content is to be treated as a new work.

The identity of the work in an item containing a single work is subject as well to anotherset of criteria linked to the number of persons or bodies responsible for the content, andthe nature of the responsibility assumed by those persons or bodies. Those dimensionsof the variables illustrated in Figure 2 and their relationship to the identity andboundaries established for a work are analyzed below.

6LQJOH�SHUVRQ�RU�ERG\�UHVSRQVLEOH

In cases involving an item that contains what is perceived to be a single work for which asingle person or body is responsible, the identity of the work is linked entirely to theconditions outlined above that relate to the title of the work. The identity of the work isnot subject to change as a result of variations in the way responsibility for the content is

Page 79: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

77

represented from one item to another. The rules provide for a main entry heading underthe heading for the person or body responsible regardless of whether that person orbody is named or not in the item, and even when responsibility for the content isattributed erroneously or fictitiously to another person or body. The “facts” relating toresponsibility for the content, as established through bibliographic reference sources,take precedence over statements of responsibility presented in the item.

6KDUHG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\

Cases involving what is perceived to be a single work become more complex, however,where there is more than one person or body associated with the content of the item. Ifthe content of the item is the product of “shared responsibility” between two or morepersons or bodies, the main entry heading will of necessity represent only one of thosepersons or bodies. Significantly, the rules for determining which person or body isrepresented in the main entry heading are linked not to the “facts” relating toresponsibility, but to the wording and layout of the chief source of information for theitem described in the entry. As a result, a change in the way responsibility for thecontent is represented from one “edition” to another can result in a change in the personor body represented in the main entry heading. Rule 21.6C1 gives explicit direction tothe cataloguer to enter each edition of a work of shared responsibility (where principalresponsibility is not indicated) under the heading for the person or body named first inthe chief source of information for that edition. If the order of the names changes fromone edition to another, the identity of the work changes by virtue of a change in the mainentry heading, independent of any change that may or may not occur with respect to thecontent or the title. In effect, the so-called “different editions of the work” referred to inrule 21.6C1 become different works in their own right.

0L[HG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\

The same provisions can be presumed to apply in cases involving two or more personsor bodies having “mixed responsibility” for the content of an item. There are no explicitprovisions in the rules for works of mixed responsibility comparable to those set out inrule 21.6C1, but because the wording and layout of the chief source of information forthe item described determine which of the collaborating persons or bodies responsiblefor the content of the item is represented in the main entry heading, it follows thatchanges from one “edition” to another can result in a change in the heading chosen forthe main entry, and consequently a change in the identity of the work.

Cases of mixed responsibility also bring into play another dimension of the variablesillustrated in Figure 2: the relationship of the content of the item to a previously existingwork. That dimension and its relationship to the identity and boundaries established fora work is analyzed below.

0RGLILFDWLRQ�RI�D�SUHYLRXVO\�H[LVWLQJ�ZRUN

The general rule for “works that are modifications of other works” indicates that in caseswhere modification has substantially changed the nature and content of the original orwhere the medium of expression has been changed, the modification should be treatedas a new work and should be associated with the person or body responsible for themodification. In other cases, the general rule indicates that the modification should not

Page 80: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

78

be treated as a new work but should be associated with the person or body responsiblefor the original.

The specific rules effectively define classes of modification and assign those classesarbitrarily either to the category where the modification is to be treated as a new work orto the category where it is to be treated as an instance of the original work. Adaptationsof texts (including “free” translations), adaptations of art works from one medium of thegraphic arts to another, and adaptations of musical works (including musical settings forpreviously existing texts, etc.) are treated categorically as new works. Abridgements,translations (other than “free” translations), reproductions of art works, arrangementsand transcriptions of musical works, and the addition of an instrumental accompanimentor part(s) to a musical work are treated categorically as instances of the original work.

Revisions of texts (other than abridgements) are dealt with not as a category but on acase by case basis. The criteria for determining whether the revision is to be treated asa new work or as an instance of the original work are linked to the way responsibility forthe content is represented in the chief source of information for the item. If the person(or body?) responsible for the original is represented as continuing to haveresponsibility, the content is treated as an instance of the original work. If the person (orbody?) responsible for the original is not represented as having responsibility for therevision, the content is treated as a new work. Note, however, that even if the revision istreated as an instance of the original work, a change in title will result in the revisionbeing entered as a new work by the original author, by virtue of the instruction in 25.2B.

3HUIRUPDQFH�RI�D�SUHYLRXVO\�H[LVWLQJ�ZRUN

In cases involving an item that contains what is perceived to be a single work,performance of the work, regardless of the nature of the performance, has no bearingon the identity of the work. The person or body responsible for the original workremains the person or body represented in the main entry heading for the item. If thetitle of the item containing the performance differs from the title of previously publishedmanifestations of the work, the rules provide for adding a uniform title based on the titlefor the original work.

It should be noted, however, that the provisions set out in the rules relating to an itemcontaining a performance of a single work are cast specifically in the context of soundrecordings. The rules provide no instructions relating to the performance of a singlework embodied in an audio-visual item. It is an open question, therefore, as to whetherthe same principle would apply.

(GLWLQJ�RI�D�SUHYLRXVO\�H[LVWLQJ�ZRUN

In cases involving an item that contains what is perceived to be a single work, editing ofthe work has no bearing on the identity of the work, providing the “editing” is notsufficiently extensive to result in a “modification” of the content as noted above. Theperson or body responsible for the original work remains the person or bodyrepresented in the main entry heading for the item. If the title of the item containing anedited version of the content differs from the title of previously published manifestationsof the work, the rules provide for adding a uniform title based on the title for the originalwork.

Page 81: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

79

,WHP�FRQWDLQLQJ�PRUH�WKDQ�RQH�ZRUN

The general assumption that two items with the same main entry heading and uniformtitle, or with the same main entry heading and title proper, are embodiments of the samework, and its corollary, that two items are QRW embodiments of the same work if they donot have the same main entry heading and uniform title, or (in the absence of a uniformtitle) the same main entry heading and title proper, has to be qualified when dealing withan item that contains what may be perceived to be more than one work. Because amain entry heading and uniform title or title proper can pertain to only one work, choiceshave to be made as to which of the works contained in the item is to be represented bythe main entry, or alternatively, whether the main entry is to represent the aggregate ofworks contained in the item as a single entity. The criteria for making that determinationare analyzed below.

3UHYLRXVO\�H[LVWLQJ�ZRUN�DXJPHQWHG�E\�DQRWKHU�ZRUN

Interspersed among the rules for “works that are modifications of other works” are anumber of specific rules that relate to cases where there is actually no modification of apreviously existing work involved (i.e., the content of that previously existing work hasnot been changed). What is changed is that the previously existing work has beenaugmented by the addition of new content that, if published separately, would be treatedas a work in its own right. The specific cases set out in the rules relate to textspublished with illustrations, with commentary, interpretation, or exegesis, or withbiographical or critical material, and reproductions of art works published withaccompanying text. As illustrated in Figures 3h, 3I, 4e, and 4f, the item described in theentry contains not one work but two.

Determining which of the works contained in the item is to be represented by the mainentry heading depends on how the works are represented in the chief source ofinformation for the item. If the chief source of information emphasizes the previouslyexisting work, the main entry heading is the heading appropriate to that work. If, on theother hand, the chief source of information emphasizes the content that augments thepreviously existing work, the main entry heading is the heading appropriate to theaugmenting work. If a uniform title is added to the entry, it will be based on the titleappropriate to whichever of the two works is emphasized in the chief source ofinformation.

It should be noted, that the provisions set out in the rules relating to an item containing apreviously existing work augmented by the addition of new content that would be treatedas a work in its own right if published separately pertain directly to specific cases. Therules provide no instructions relating more generally to items exhibiting thecharacteristics illustrated in Figures 3h, 3I, 4e, and 4f. The question remains open,therefore, as to whether the same principle would apply in other cases.

&ROOHFWLRQV�RI�ZRUNV

In the case of an item containing a collection of works, a determination has to be madeas to whether the main entry is to represent the aggregate of works contained in the

Page 82: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

80

item as a single entity, or whether the main entry is to represent just one of theindividual works contained in the item.

The options presented in the rules differ, depending on whether a single person or bodyis responsible for all the works in the collection, whether the same persons or bodieshave shared responsibility for all the works in the collection, or whether different personsand/or bodies are responsible for the individual works in the collection.

In the case of a collection of works for which a single person is responsible, the rulesprovide for three possibilities:

� if the item has a collective title, the main entry represents the collection as anaggregate entity, using the heading for the person or body responsible as themain entry heading and the collective title as the title for the work;

� if the item lacks a collective title, the main entry may represent the collection asan aggregate entity, using the heading for the person or body responsible as themain entry heading and a collective uniform title (“Selections,” “Plays.Selections,” etc.) provided the collection contains at least three works;

� if the item lacks a collective title, the main entry may represent just one of theindividual works in the collection, using the heading for the person or corporatebody responsible as the main entry heading and the title of the first named workin the collection.

Although there are no rules dealing explicitly with a collection of works for which thesame persons or bodies have shared responsibility for all the works, it can be inferredthat in such cases there are four possibilities:

� if the item has a collective title, the main entry represents the collection as anaggregate entity, using either the heading for the person or body with principalresponsibility, the first named person or body with principal responsibility, or thefirst named person or body responsible as the main entry heading (provided thereare not more than three persons and/or bodies with principal responsibility orundifferentiated responsibility) and the collective title as the title for the work;

� or the collective title alone (where there are more than three persons and/orcorporate bodies with principal responsibility or undifferentiated responsibility);

� if the item lacks a collective title, the main entry represents just one of theindividual works in the collection, again using either the heading for the person orbody with principal responsibility, the first named person or body with principalresponsibility, or the first named person or body responsible as the main entryheading (provided there are not more than three persons and/or bodies withprincipal responsibility or undifferentiated responsibility) and the title for the firstnamed work;

� or the title for the first named work alone (where there are more than threepersons and/or corporate bodies with principal responsibility or undifferentiatedresponsibility).

In the case of a collection of works where different persons or bodies have responsibilityfor the individual works, the rules provide for a multitude of possibilities:

� if the item has a collective title, the main entry may represent the collection as anaggregate entity, using the collective title as the heading for the main entry (oralternatively letting the title proper in the description serve as the lead element forthe entry);

Page 83: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

81

� if the item lacks a collective title, the main entry may represent just one of theindividual works in the collection, using either—� the heading for the person or corporate body responsible for the first named

work as the main entry heading and the title of the first named work (if asingle person or body is responsible for the first named work);

� the heading for the person or body with principal responsibility, the firstnamed person or body with principal responsibility, or the first named personor body responsible for the first named work as the main entry heading(provided there are not more than three persons and/or bodies with principalresponsibility or undifferentiated responsibility) and the title for the first namedwork;

� or the title for the first named work alone (where the work is one of unknownauthorship or by an unnamed group, or there are more than three personsand/or corporate bodies with principal responsibility or undifferentiatedresponsibility);

� if the item is a sound recording containing works by different persons or bodiesand has a collective title, the main entry represents the collection as an aggregateentity, using the heading for the principal performer or first named principalperformer as the main entry heading and the collective title as the title for thework;

� if the item is a sound recording containing works by different persons or bodiesand lacks a collective title, the main entry may represent the collection as anaggregate entity, using the heading for the principal performer or first namedprincipal performer as the main entry heading and the title of the first namedwork, provided the participation of the performer(s) goes beyond that ofperformance, execution, or interpretation;

� if the item is a sound recording containing works by different persons or bodies,lacking a collective title, and the participation of the performer(s) does not gobeyond that of performance, execution, or interpretation, the main entry willrepresent just one of the individual works in the collection, using either—� the heading for the person or corporate body responsible for the first named

work as the main entry heading and the title of the first named work (if asingle person or body is responsible for the first named work);

� the heading for the person or body with principal responsibility, the firstnamed person or body with principal responsibility, or the first named personor body responsible for the first named work as the main entry heading(provided there are not more than three persons and/or bodies with principalresponsibility or undifferentiated responsibility) and the title for the first namedwork;

� or the title for the first named work alone (where the work is one of unknownauthorship or by an unnamed group, or there are more than three personsand/or corporate bodies with principal responsibility or undifferentiatedresponsibility);

� if the item contains a collection of laws, statutory regulations, or court rules andlacks a collective title, the main entry represents just one of the individual laws,regulations or rules in the collection, using the heading for the jurisdiction or bodygoverned by the laws, regulations, or rules as the main entry heading and the titleof the first named law, regulation, or rules;

� if the item contains a collection of official proceedings or records of trials andlacks a collective title, the main entry will represent just one of the individual

Page 84: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

82

proceedings, using the heading for the defendant in those proceedings (in thecase of criminal proceedings) or the plaintiff (in the case of other proceedings) asthe main entry heading and the title of the first named proceedings.

Note that establishing an identity for a collection as an aggregate entity does not alterthe identities for the individual works within the collection. Those individual works, whenidentified through analytical added entries retain the identity they would have ifpublished separately.

*HQHUDO�SULQFLSOHV�UHODWLQJ�WR�WKH�LGHQWLW\�DQG�ERXQGDULHV�RI�D�ZRUN

If the rules in Part II of the code are to be re-examined with a view to establishing andarticulating underlying principles related to the identity of a work and the parameters thatdetermine the existence of a new work as distinct from another instance of the samework, the first question that have to be addressed is whether out of the complexity ofcriteria involved in determining the identity of the work or works manifested in thecontent of an item outlined above it is possible to extrapolate principles that can beapplied at a higher level of generalization than is currently reflected through a multiplicityof rules applying to specific cases. Is it possible, using the model as a frame ofreference, to develop and articulate principles relating to the identity of the work orworks manifested in the content of an item at least at a level of generalizationcorresponding to the subset of variables operating in each of the diagrams illustratingthe various types of entry produced in applying the rules? If that can be achieved, andthose principles could be enunciated as “general” rules, then dealing with new anddifferent cases arising from the emergence of multimedia publications, new forms ofintellectual and artistic expression, and new roles played by the persons and bodiesinvolved in the creation, modification, or performance of intellectual or artistic contentwould be more manageable and require fewer rules of a specific nature.

The second question to be addressed in re-examining the rules as they relate to theidentification of works is whether there is justification, in light of the functional objectiveset out in statement 2.2(a) of the Paris Principles, for the current restrictions imposed onthe identification of individual works in items containing collections of works by differentpersons or bodies. If the “rule of three” is to continue to apply to the construction ofanalytical added entries, there needs to be a re-statement of the functions of thecatalogue as implemented in AACR that reflects that restriction.

����7KH�FRQFHSW�RI�³HGLWLRQ´

The statement relating to the functions of the catalogue in the Paris Principles statesthat the catalogue should be an efficient instrument for ascertaining “which editions of aparticular work are in the library.” In the basic vocabulary of cataloguing termsappended to the Paris Principles, the term “edition” is defined as “the embodiment of awork in a particular typographical form.” The definition also indicates that “differenteditions may embody an identical text or varying texts.”

In substance, the definition of “edition” in the Paris Principles parallels the definitionused in the glossary of AACR. The difference in the way the definitions are framedresults from the fact that the definition in the Paris Principles is framed with reference to

Page 85: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

83

the work as an abstract entity, while the definition in AACR is framed with reference tothe item as a physical entity. In examining the concept of “edition” and assessing theextent to which a catalogue constructed according to the rules in AACR will serve as anefficient instrument for ascertaining “which editions of a particular work are in thelibrary,” the concept has to be viewed, as it is in the Paris Principles, with reference tothe abstract entity identified as the work.

To the extent that the rules referred to in the preceding section relating to the concept ofthe work serve to bring together under a common heading all the entries for itemscontaining the same work (allowing for the fact that certain instances of a particular workembodied in an item containing more than one work will not be identified because of the“rule of three”), the functional objective relating to all editions of a particular work will bemet GH�IDFWR.

There are, however, several provisions in the rules designed to offset the fact thatcertain instances of content that might be perceived as “editions” of a particular work aretreated in fact as instances of a different work. One example occurs in the rules dealingwith revisions of texts. In cases where the revision is treated as one where the originalauthor is no longer considered responsible for the work (21.12B), there is an exceptionalprovision for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the person or bodyresponsible for the original and the title of the last edition entered under that heading.The effect of that name-title added entry is to represent the item described not only asan edition of a new work under the heading for the reviser but also as an edition of theoriginal work under the heading for the person or body responsible for the original.

A variant of that provision is made for different editions of a work of shared responsibilitywhere the names of the persons or bodies responsible appear in a different order fromone edition to another (21.6C1). As a result of the change in the order of the names,the editions are treated as different works, each entered under the heading for theperson or body named first. Inasmuch as the items might be perceived as editions ofthe same work, the rules make an exceptional provision for an added entry under thename of the person or body named first in a previous edition, even when the persons orbodies are not named in the item described.

The rules for uniform titles instruct the cataloguer not to add a uniform title to the entryfor a revision or updating of a work. As a result, entries for items that are in fact editionsof the same work may be separated in the file under the heading for the person or bodyresponsible because of significant differences in title from one edition to another. Therules do provide, however, for the possibility of making name-title added entries in thosecases, so as to collocate entries for the two editions not only under the heading for theauthor but more specifically under each of the titles used in the different editions(25.2B).

As far as the future development of the code is concerned, the question to beaddressed is whether the exceptional provisions made in the specific cases noted abovemight be applicable in other cases as well, and whether such provisions should beregularized and cast as more “general” rules.

It should also be noted that uniform titles, although they are designed ostensibly toidentify the work, in some cases serve the further purpose of organizing the entries for

Page 86: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

84

various manifestations of the work into subgroupings based on attributes such aslanguage, version, year of publication, etc. In cases where a year of publication is usedas an addition to a uniform title, the effect is to produce a uniform title heading thatidentifies a particular edition of the work. Rule 25.18A13 even makes provision forconstructing two uniform titles for a facsimile edition of the Bible, one incorporating thedate of publication of the original for use as the main entry heading and a secondincorporating the date of the facsimile to be used as an added entry heading. Again, itmay be instructive to question the rationale underlying rules that associate elementsrelating to a particular edition of a work with the identity of the work itself to determinewhether they reflect unstated assumptions about the function of the catalogue withrespect to the identification of particular editions of a work and to assess whether theconventions reflected in such rules should be applied more broadly.

����7KH�FLWDWLRQ�IRUP�IRU�D�ZRUN

The general introduction to the code sets out two functional reasons for distinguishingbetween the main entry and added entries for an item (0.5). The first is that instructionsrelating to the choice of main entry are essential for determining how an item is to beentered in a single entry listing (i.e., in a listing where there is only one entry for eachitem described). The second is that the citation form represented by the main entryheading and uniform title, or by the main entry heading and title proper, is essential fordetermining the form of a name-title added entry for a related work.

The rules in Part II provide for making a name-title added entry in the form of the mainentry heading and uniform title or the main entry heading and title proper appropriate fora related work as a means of relating the work described in the entry to the related workidentified by the name-title added entry heading (21.30G1). (Note that rule 21.30G1goes on to instruct the cataloguer to add to the name-title added entry heading, whennecessary, “the edition statement, date, etc.,” which suggests that the name-title addedentry is being used to identify a particular edition or item, not simply the related work inits abstract sense.)

The diagrams illustrating name-title added entries for related works in Figures 6a and 6bshow the construction of the citation form as the concatenation of the main entryheading and the title pertaining to the related work. (Not shown in the diagrams is theuniform title that may be used as the means of identifying the related work). Assumingthat the entity to be cited is in fact a work, as distinct from a particular edition or item,determining the title element to be used in the name-title added entry identifying therelated work comes down to a question of whether the title proper appearing on aparticular manifestation of the work being cited will suffice, or whether a uniform title isnecessary. The objective, of course, is to the formulate the citation (i.e., the name-titleadded entry) so that the entry on which it is superimposed, when filed in an alphabeticsequence, will be adjacent to the main entry (or main entries) for the related entity.

If there is only one instance of the related entity, and the main entry for that relatedentity uses the title proper of the item described as its secondary filing element, then aname-title added entry in the form of the main entry heading and the title proper isrequired. If there are multiple instances of the related entity, and the main entries for allof them use the title proper of the respective items as their secondary filing element,

Page 87: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

85

then again a name-title added entry in the form of the main entry heading and titleproper is required. If, however, there are multiple instances of the related entity, and themain entry for each of them uses either a uniform title or a title proper which iseffectively the same as the uniform title, the name-title added entry will require a uniformtitle as its title element. It is only in this latter case that the citation form functions in factas a citation for the work as distinct from the item. In the other cases the citation form isin fact functioning as a citation for the item (or items), though coincidentally it can beviewed as a citation for the work as well.

What ultimately determines the form of the title element in the citation construct iswhether or not a uniform title has been assigned to the main entries for the itemsembodying the work being cited. Since the instructions in Chapter 25 relating to the useof uniform titles are treated as optional, it will be a matter of library policy to determinewhether a uniform title is assigned to those main entries. As a generalization, it canprobably be assumed that the assignment of a uniform title will be limited to entries forclassics, literary works in the canon of a well-established and frequently re-publishedauthor, translations, and musical works. In most other cases, then, the citation form willrequire nothing more than a title proper as its second element. In those cases thequestion of whether the entity identified by the citation is an item or a work is moot.

The optionality established in the code with respect to the use of uniform titles becomessomewhat problematic in the context of a shared cataloguing environment. If theconstruction of the citation form used in name-title added entries for related works isdependent on whether the main entry for the related work has or has not had a uniformtitle added to it, the name-title added entry can only be constructed to function within thecatalogue of the library devising the added entry. Once that entry is “borrowed” for useby another library or added to a union catalogue, there is no guarantee that the name-title added entry will in fact function as intended to collocate the entries for the relatedworks.

The larger issue to be addressed is whether the use of the citation form as it isdeveloped in the code is in fact an optimally effective device for reflecting work-to-workrelationships in the catalogue, particularly given the technology currently available tosupport bibliographic databases.

At an even more fundamental level, the key issue to be addressed with respect to thecitation form for a work is what ultimately determines the citation form for a particularwork. The framing of the general rules governing choice of entry (21.1A-21.1C) wouldsuggest that the code is based on a number of broad principles that determine theappropriateness of associating a work with its author or with the corporate body fromwhich it emanates, or alternatively of identifying the work simply by its title. However, anexamination of many of the specific rules in Chapter 21, particularly those relating tosound recordings, legal works, and religious works, suggests that in many instances theprinciples that might be inferred from the general rules are in fact overridden by citationpractices that prevail in domains external to the cataloguing rules themselves. Hencethe rules for entry of certain sound recordings under performer, entry of certain legalworks under the name of the defendant, etc. The question of compatibility between thecitation form for a work resulting from an application of the cataloguing rules and thecitation for the work that a user of the catalogue might derive from other sources is onethat has major significance for the rationalization and further development of the code.

Page 88: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

86

Ultimately a determination has to be made as to how best to balance the need for acode that is consistent with an internally defined set of principles and the need tomaintain compatibility with citation practices that are externally defined.

����7KH�RUJDQL]DWLRQ�RI�WKH�UXOHV�IRU�FKRLFH�RI�HQWU\

It is evident from the schematics set out in )LJXUH�� that the criteria brought into play inconstructing entries for the catalogue are linked to a wide range of entities, bothconceptual and physical in nature, and that the interrelationships between those entitiesare complex. It is not surprising, therefore, that the categorizations used to structure therules for choice of entry are as complex in their make-up as the categorizations aroundwhich the rules in Part I are organized, if not more so. Although the work itself ispurportedly the entity around which decisions on choice of access points are to bemade, it is clear that the relationships between the work or works contained in the itemand other entities connected with the work(s)—including the person(s) or corporate body(bodies) responsible for the work(s), any antecedent work(s), and the containing itemitself—as well as the specific nature of those relationships all have a direct bearing onthe choice of access points.

In 7DEOHV����������DQG�� the key criteria used in categorizing works of personalauthorship (the type of responsibility for the work, the configuration of works within theitem, the nature of derivation for works that have an antecedent, and the type of work)are mapped on to a matrix similar to the one used to analyze the class of materialsconcept in Part I. In the left-hand column of the matrix are listed the various“candidates” that might be considered for the main entry heading (author, principalauthor, etc.).

As can be seen from 7DEOH��, the rules offer only two basic options for the main entryheading when a single person is responsible for the work(s) contained in the item beingcatalogued: the author or probable author (if known), or the title of the work (if theauthor or probable author is unknown). The table also indicates that the rules specifymain entry either under author/probable author or title both for items that contain asingle work and for those that contain a collection of works or extracts of works forwhich a single person is responsible. Although there is no specific reference in the rulesto composite works for which a single person is responsible (e.g., text and drawings bythe same person), the table indicates that a logical inference could be made that thebasic rules would still apply. Similarly a logical inference could be made that the basicrules would apply in all cases where the work contained in the item being catalogued isderived from an antecedent work by the same person (e.g., a composer’s transcriptionof his/her own original composition), and that they would apply irrespective of the type ofwork (i.e., they would apply equally to text, art, music, etc.).

However, as we progress through 7DEOHV�������DQG���it is evident that the application ofbasic rules across the spectrum of variables that are possible for a given category ofworks becomes increasingly attenuated. The number of entities on which the mainentry heading may be based increases to four in the case of works of sharedauthorship, to five in the case of collections of works by different persons, and to twentyin the case of works of mixed responsibility. The choice of main entry heading becomesincreasingly linked to the configuration of works within the item, to the specific nature of

Page 89: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

Table 1: Choice of main entry for an item containing a work or works for which a single person is responsible

Responsibility Configuration Derivation Type of Work

Main Entry Heading

Sin

gle

pers

on r

espo

nsib

le

Sha

red

resp

onsi

bilit

y

Diff

eren

t per

sons

re

spon

sibl

e

Mix

ed r

espo

nsib

ility

Sin

gle

wor

k

Col

lect

ion

of w

orks

/ ex

trac

ts

Com

posi

te w

ork

New

wor

k

Art

rep

rodu

ctio

n

Tran

slat

ion

Arr

ange

men

t / tr

ansc

ript

ion

Acc

ompa

nim

ent /

par

t add

ed

Rev

isio

n

Illus

trat

ed te

xt

Com

men

tary

[etc

.] a

dded

Ada

ptat

ion

Per

form

ance

Text

Art

wor

k

Mus

ical

wor

k

Text

/ ar

t wor

k

Text

/ m

usic

al w

ork

Car

togr

aphi

c w

ork

Cin

emag

raph

ic w

ork

Author / probable author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Principal author

First named principal author

First named author

Reviser

Principal reviser

First named reviser

Adapter

Principal adapter

First named adapter

Performer

Principal performer

First named principal performer

Artist

Writer

Text

Composer

Work emphasized

First named work / contribution

Title n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

p Specified by rule n Logical inference

Page 90: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

Table 2: Choice of main entry for an item containing a work or works of shared responsibility

Responsibility Configuration Derivation Type of Work

Main Entry Heading

Sin

gle

pers

on r

espo

nsib

le

Sha

red

resp

onsi

bilit

y

Diff

eren

t per

sons

re

spon

sibl

e

Mix

ed r

espo

nsib

ility

Sin

gle

wor

k

Col

lect

ion

of w

orks

/ ex

trac

ts

Com

posi

te w

ork

New

wor

k

Art

rep

rodu

ctio

n

Tran

slat

ion

Arr

ange

men

t / tr

ansc

ript

ion

Acc

ompa

nim

ent /

par

t add

ed

Rev

isio

n

Illus

trat

ed te

xt

Com

men

tary

[etc

.] ad

ded

Ada

ptat

ion

Per

form

ance

Text

Art

wor

k

Mus

ical

wor

k

Text

/ ar

t wor

k

Text

/ m

usic

al w

ork

Car

togr

aphi

c w

ork

Cin

emag

raph

ic w

ork

Author / probable author

Principal author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

First named principal author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

First named author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Reviser

Principal reviser

First named reviser

Adapter

Principal adapter

First named adapter

Performer

Principal performer

First named principal performer

Artist

Writer

Text

Composer

Work emphasized

First named work / contribution

Title n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

p Specified by rule n Logical inference

Page 91: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

Table 3: Choice of main entry for an item containing a collection of works by different persons

Responsibility Configuration Derivation Type of Work

Main Entry Heading

Sin

gle

pers

on r

espo

nsib

le

Sha

red

resp

onsi

bilit

y

Diff

eren

t per

sons

re

spon

sibl

e

Mix

ed r

espo

nsib

ility

Sin

gle

wor

k

Col

lect

ion

of w

orks

/ ex

trac

ts

Com

posi

te w

ork

New

wor

k

Art

rep

rodu

ctio

n

Tran

slat

ion

Arr

ange

men

t / tr

ansc

ript

ion

Acc

ompa

nim

ent /

par

t add

ed

Rev

isio

n

Illus

trat

ed te

xt

Com

men

tary

[etc

.] a

dded

Ada

ptat

ion

Per

form

ance

Text

Art

wor

k

Mus

ical

wor

k

Text

/ ar

t wor

k

Text

/ m

usic

al w

ork

Car

togr

aphi

c w

ork

Cin

emag

raph

ic w

ork

Author / probable author

Principal author

First named principal author

First named author

Reviser

Principal reviser

First named reviser

Adapter

Principal adapter

First named adapter

Performer n n n n n n n

Principal performer n n n n n n n

First named principal performer n n n n n n n

Artist

Writer

Text

Composer

Work emphasized

First named work / contribution n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Title n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

p Specified by rule n Logical inference

Page 92: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

Table 4: Choice of main entry for an item containing a work or works of mixed responsibility

Responsibility Configuration Derivation Type of Work

Main Entry Heading

Sin

gle

pers

on r

espo

nsib

le

Sha

red

resp

onsi

bilit

y

Diff

eren

t per

sons

re

spon

sibl

e

Mix

ed r

espo

nsib

ility

Sin

gle

wor

k

Col

lect

ion

of w

orks

/ ex

trac

ts

Com

posi

te w

ork

New

wor

k

Art

rep

rodu

ctio

n

Tran

slat

ion

Arr

ange

men

t / tr

ansc

ript

ion

Acc

ompa

nim

ent /

par

t add

ed

Rev

isio

n

Illus

trat

ed te

xt

Com

men

tary

[etc

.] ad

ded

Ada

ptat

ion

Per

form

ance

Text

Art

wor

k

Mus

ical

wor

k

Text

/ ar

t wor

k

Text

/ m

usic

al w

ork

Car

togr

aphi

c w

ork

Cin

emag

raph

ic w

ork

Author / probable author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Principal author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

First named principal author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

First named author n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Reviser n n n n n n n n

Principal reviser n n n n n n n n

First named reviser n n n n n n n n

Adapter n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Principal adapter n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

First named adapter n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Performer n n n n n n n

Principal performer n n n n n n n

First named principal performer n n n n n n n

Artist n n n n n n n

Writer n n n n n n n

Text n n n n n n n n

Composer n n n n n n n n n

Work emphasized n n n n n n

First named work / contribution n n n n n n n n n n n n n

Title n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

p Specified by rule n Logical inference

Page 93: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

91

the relationship between the work and its antecedent, and to the particular type of workinvolved. The logical inferences that can be made about the applicability of a basic ruleto a particular sub-category become progressively more difficult to extrapolate and lesslikely to extend across sub-categories.

Analyzing the categorization of works that forms the basis for determining choice ofaccess points in a systematic way, as illustrated in the figures and tables presentedhere, raises a number of questions that need to be taken into consideration, especiallyas we attempt to determine the applicability of basic principles for the identification ofworks to an increasingly broad array of intellectual and artistic productions that involvemore than one person and that are “multimedia” in nature. We might ask, for example,whether the line of demarcation between shared responsibility and mixed responsibilityis sufficiently clear. If works produced through collaboration or exchange between twoor more persons can fall under either category, depending on whether the individualsmake the same kind of intellectual or artistic contribution or perform different kinds ofroles, do we have a clear enough notion of what constitutes a distinct intellectual orartistic role to enable us to make the appropriate categorization in the absence of aspecific rule? We might also ask whether the code needs to be extended to coveradditional forms of composite works. Can we extrapolate principles from existing rulesfor works that combine music and text and those that combine art and text that would beapplicable to works that combine music, art and text into a single production? We mightask further to what extent rules that are specific to a particular type of work are justified.If we have rules that pertain specifically to textual works, to musical works and to artworks, is there a reason why we have no rules that are specific to cartographic orcinemagraphic works?

It is also worth asking the question as to whether a different approach to structuring therules in Chapter 21 would simplify their application. Are the primary categories forworks of shared responsibility and works of mixed responsibility really necessary orhelpful? Would it be simpler and more direct to deal with the number of personsrepresented as having responsibility for the content of the item (i.e., one person, two orthree persons, more than three persons)?

5(&200(1'$7,216

1. Using the model developed for this study as a frame of reference, develop aspecification for the functions of the catalogue that fully articulates the objectivesunderlying the rules in the code that relate to the choice of access points and theconstruction and use of uniform titles. The tables used in chapter 7 of the )XQFWLRQDO5HTXLUHPHQWV�IRU�%LEOLRJUDSKLF�5HFRUGV might serve as a model for structuring thespecifications.

2. Re-assess the concept of “authorship” as it relates to the functions of the catalogue,and determine whether the exceptions in the rules that limit the assignment of accesspoints in certain instances (including the “rule of three”) should be altered.

3. Assess the need to reflect additional relationships between persons and corporatebodies and the content of an item in the context of newly emerging forms of intellectualand artistic expression and multimedia productions.

Page 94: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

92

4. Using the model as a frame of reference, test the feasibility of developing andarticulating principles relating to the identity of the work or works manifested in thecontent of an item that can be applied at a more generalized level than is currentlyreflected in the specifics of the rules for choice of entry.

5. Re-assess the current restrictions imposed by the application of the “rule of three” onthe identification of individual works in items containing collections of works by differentpersons or bodies.

6. Using the model developed for this study, re-examine the use of the citation form asit is developed in the code to determine whether it is an optimally effective device forreflecting work-to-work relationships in the catalogue in light of the technology currentlyavailable to support bibliographic databases.

7. Examine the feasibility of re-structuring the rules in Chapter 21 with a view tosimplifying the use of the rules and facilitating the application of “general” rules toparticular cases in the absence of rules dealing specifically with the case in question.

Page 95: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 1 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: ITEM

DEFINITION:

“A document or set of documents in any physical form, published, issued, or treated as anentity, and as such forming the basis for a single bibliographic description.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Published documents (including books, pamphlets, broadsides, maps, globes, music, soundrecordings, motion pictures, videorecordings, art reproductions, pictures, charts, photographs,technical drawings, flash cards, filmstrips, radiographs, slides, transparencies, computer files,kits, models, dioramas, games, puzzles, toys, sculptures, realia, microscope specimens,microforms, serials, etc.)Unpublished documents (including manuscript and typescript texts, manuscript music,manuscript cartographic items, art originals, unedited or unpublished films or videos, stockshots, nonprocessed sound recordings, unpublished computer files, etc.)Multipart documentsParts of multipart documentsCollections of documentsIntellectual or artistic components of documents

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

TitleStatement of responsibility

Note: Other attributes of the ITEM directly relevant to the instructions and structural logicembodied in Part II are listed under CONTENT and CONTENT PART.

Page 96: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 1 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: ITEM

ATTRIBUTE: Title

DEFINITION:

“A word, phrase, character, or group of characters, normally appearing in an item, that namesthe item or the work contained in it.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Title properAlternative title, caption title, running title, cover title, etc.

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Title access point

Note: A title proper used as the heading for a main or added entry may be viewed as a title forthe work contained in the item as well as a title for the item itself. A variant title used as theheading for an added entry functions effectively as a title for the item itself, not as a title for thework.

Page 97: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 1 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: ITEM

ATTRIBUTE: Title

DATA ELEMENT: Title access point

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An access point consisting of the title of an item.

INCLUDES:

Title proper used as the heading or first element in a main entryVariant title appearing in the item used as a title added entry

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

The title proper is normally derived from the chief source of information for the item.For a single-part document with more than one chief source of information the title proper isnormally derived from the first occurring chief source.For a multipart document the title proper is normally derived from the chief source ofinformation for the first part.For a serial publication the title proper is normally derived from the chief source of informationfor the first issue.For items lacking a chief source of information the title proper is derived from any availablesource.In the absence of an available source the title proper is devised by the cataloguer.A variant title may be derived from any source within the item.

Page 98: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 1 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: ITEM

ATTRIBUTE: Title

DATA ELEMENT: Title access point (continued)

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to entry under title cover:� instructions relating to entry under title (21.1C1)� instructions relating to changes in title proper (21.2B1-21.2B2, 21.2C1)� instructions relating to entry of works erroneously or fictitiously attributed to a person or

corporate body (21.4C1-21.4C2)� instructions relating to entry of works of unknown or uncertain personal authorship and

works emanating from a body that lacks a name (21.5A, 21.5B, 21.5C)� instructions relating to entry of works for which responsibility is shared among more

than three persons or corporate bodies (21.6C2)� instructions relating to entry of collections of works by different persons (21.7A1,

21.7B1, 21.7C1)� instructions relating to added entry under title (21.30J1)

Page 99: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 1 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: ITEM

ATTRIBUTE: Title

DATA ELEMENT: Title access point (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to entry under title for certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to entry of a collection of official communications and other works

by more than one holder of an office (21.4D3)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of texts where the name of the adapter is

unknown (21.10A)� instructions relating to added entry under title for revisions of texts (21.12B1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of translations of works by different authors

(21.14B)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of art works where the name of the adapter

is unknown (21.16A)� instructions relating to entry of arrangements, transcriptions, etc. of musical works

where the original composer is unknown (21.18B1)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of music where the name of the adapter is

unknown (21.18C1)� instructions relating to entry of pasticcios, ballad operas, etc. (21.19B1)� instructions relating to entry of musical settings of songs, etc. by one writer made by

two or composers (21.19C1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of one work (21.23A1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of two or more works by the same

person(s) or body (bodies) (21.23B1)� instructions relating to entry of sound recordings containing works by different persons

or bodies where there are four or more persons or bodies represented as principalperformers (21.23C1)

� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of a collection of works by differentpersons or bodies without a collective title (21.23D1)

� instructions relating to entry of reports of interviews or exchanges where there aremore than three principal participants (21.25A)

� instructions relating to added entries for titles (21.30J1)� instructions relating to entry of a compilation of laws governing more than one

jurisdiction (21.31B2)� instructions relating to entry of ancient laws, certain medieval laws, customary laws,

etc. (21.31C1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of administrative regulations, etc. (21.32C1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of court rules (21.34C)� instructions relating to entry of treaties, etc. between four or more national

governments (21.35A2)� instructions relating to entry of agreements contracted by international

intergovernmental bodies (21.35B1)� instructions relating to entry of other agreements, protocols, amendments, etc., and

collections of treaties, etc. (21.35D1-21.35D4, 21.35E1-21.35E2, 21.35F3)� instructions relating to entry for law reports (21.36A1-21.36A2)� instructions relating to entry of citations, digests, etc. where the person responsible is

not named prominently (21.36B1)� instructions relating to entry of sacred scriptures (21.37A, 21.37B)� instructions relating to entry of theological creeds, etc. (21.38A)� instructions relating to entry of Jewish liturgical works (21.39C1)

Page 100: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 1 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: ITEM

ATTRIBUTE: Statement of responsibility

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A statement appearing in the item (usually in conjunction with the title)that names one or more persons responsible for the creation of the intellectual or artisticcontent of the item or for the performance of the content, or one or more corporate bodiesfrom which the content emanates.

INCLUDES:

Statements naming a writer, composer, artist, compiler, performer, producer, director,animator, etc.Statements naming an issuing or originating body

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, statement of responsibility functions only as a logicalattribute (i.e., the point of reference in the instructions is the statement of responsibility as itappears in the item—including characteristics of typography and layout—not the transcriptionof the statement as a data element in the title and statement of responsibility area of thedescription).

Information derived from statements of responsibility appearing in the item described may bereflected directly or indirectly in data elements associated with a HEADING (T�Y�), but statementof responsibility as a logical attribute is referenced here only to signal that the order andprominence of names appearing in statements of responsibility, as indicated by wording or bylayout, are prime determinants for choice of entry for works of shared responsibility (21.6) andworks of mixed responsibility (21.8-21.27).

Page 101: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 2 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: SERIES

DEFINITION:

“A group of separate items related to one another by the fact that each item bears, in additionto its own title proper, a collective title applying to the group as a whole.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Numbered monographic seriesUnnumbered seriesMultipart items

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Title of series

Page 102: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 2 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: SERIES

ATTRIBUTE: Title of series

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A word, phrase, character, or group of characters, normally appearing inan item belonging to a series, that names the series.

INCLUDES:

Chief title of series

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Title proper of series

Note: For the purposes of Part II, other data elements associated with title of series (paralleltitle of series, etc.) are not directly relevant.

Page 103: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 2 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: SERIES

ATTRIBUTE: Title of series

DATA ELEMENT: Title proper of series

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The chief name of a series, including any alternative title but excludingparallel titles and other title information relating to the series.

INCLUDES:

Chief title of the seriesAlternative title (i.e., the second part of a two-part title, normally preceded by “or” or itsequivalent in another language) (1.6B1, 1.1B1)Statement of responsibility or the name of a publisher, distributor, etc. that is a grammaticallyintegral part of the title proper of the series (1.6B1, 1.1B2)

EXCLUDES:

Parallel title of seriesVariant title of seriesRomanized title of series

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Prescribed sources of information vary according to the class of materials and type ofpublication to which the items within the series belong:

� Books, pamphlets, and printed sheets: series title page, monograph title page, cover,rest of the publication

� Cartographic materials: chief source of information, accompanying printed material� Music: series title page, caption, cover, title page, colophon, other preliminaries� Sound recordings: chief source of information, accompanying textual material,

container� Motion pictures and videorecordings: chief source of information, accompanying

material� Graphic materials: chief source of information, container, accompanying material� Computer files: chief source of information, the carrier or its labels, information issued

by the publisher, creator, etc., container� Three-dimensional artefacts and realia: chief source of information� Microforms: chief source of information, rest of the item, container� Serials: the whole publication (for printed serials); as prescribed by relevant chapter

for non-print serials

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to series cover:� instructions relating to added entries under the heading for a series (21.30L1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 104: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 2 PAGE 4

[blank page]

Page 105: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 3 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: CLASS OF MATERIALS

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The broad class or specific class of materials to which an item belongs.

INCLUDES:

Broad classes of materials such as sound recordings, videorecordings, etc.Specific classes of materials such as sound disc, sound cassette, video disc, video cassette,etc.

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Class designation

Note: Class of materials is referenced here primarily to signal that the class of material towhich an item belongs (at least in the case of sound recordings) is used as the basis forcreating a subcategory within the rules for works of mixed responsibility (21.23)

Page 106: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 3 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: CLASS OF MATERIALS

ATTRIBUTE: Class designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The term used to designate either the broad class or the specific classof materials to which an item belongs.

INCLUDES:

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

General material designation

Page 107: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 3 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: CLASS OF MATERIALS

ATTRIBUTE: Class designation

DATA ELEMENT: General material designation

DEFINITION:

“A term indicating the broad class of material to which an item belongs.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Terms in list 1 under rule 1.1C1Terms in list 2 under rule 1.1C1

EXCLUDES:

Specific material designation

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

N/A

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to all classes of material cover:� optional instructions for adding the general material designation to a uniform title

(25.5D).

1RWH���7KH�DGGLWLRQ�RI�D�JHQHUDO�PDWHULDO�GHVLJQDWLRQ�WR�D�XQLIRUP�WLWOH�LV�LQGLFDWLYH�RIWKH�XVH�RI�XQLIRUP�WLWOHV�IRU�RUJDQL]LQJ�WKH�ILOH��VHH�����$���DV�GLVWLQFW�IURP�LGHQWLI\LQJRU�GLIIHUHQWLDWLQJ�ZRUNV�

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 108: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 3 PAGE 4

[blank page]

Page 109: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 4 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: TYPE OF PUBLICATION

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The category to which a published item belongs with respect to itsintended termination (i.e., whether it is intended to be completed in a finite number of parts, orto continue indefinitely).

INCLUDES:

Two categories of publication: monograph and serial

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: Type of publication is referenced here only to signal that it is a factor in determiningentry in cases where there are changes in the title proper or changes in the persons or bodiesresponsible for the content of the item described.

Page 110: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 4 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 111: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 5 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: CHIEF SOURCE OF INFORMATION

DEFINITION:

“The source of bibliographic data to be given preference as the source from which abibliographic description (or portion thereof) is prepared.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Any of the following sources may be used as the chief source of information, subject todirections given for the class of materials to which the item belongs:

� a title page, “list” title page, analytical title page, cover, caption, masthead, editorialpage, colophon, running title, etc.

� a title frame, title card, “header”� a disc, reel, cassette, or cartridge� a label on a disc, reel, cassette, cartridge, on the item itself, or on its container� the item itself� the container of the item� accompanying textual material, documentation� a manuscript copy or a published edition of a manuscript� a reference source� any other source

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: The chief source of information is referenced here only to signal that it functions not onlyas the primary source of information for the description but also as the primary source fordetermining choice of entry and form of name.

Page 112: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 5 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 113: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

DEFINITION:

“A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of a catalogue entry [or reference] to provide anaccess point.”--glossary

Note: For the purposes of this analysis the entity heading may function as the access pointeither for an entry or for a reference.

INCLUDES:

Headings representing bibliographic identities for personsHeadings representing bibliographic identities for corporate bodiesHeadings representing worksName-title headingsHeadings representing series

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

+HDGLQJ�UHSUHVHQWLQJ�ELEOLRJUDSKLF�LGHQWLW\�IRU�D�SHUVRQEntry elementAddition

+HDGLQJ�UHSUHVHQWLQJ�ELEOLRJUDSKLF�LGHQWLW\�IRU�D�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\Entry elementSubheadingAddition

+HDGLQJ�UHSUHVHQWLQJ�D�ZRUNEntry elementAddition

1DPH�WLWOH�KHDGLQJName elementTitle elementOther identifying elements

+HDGLQJ�UHSUHVHQWLQJ�D�VHULHVName elementTitle elementOther identifying elements

Page 114: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Heading representing bibliographic identity for a person

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first part of a personal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Surnames, patronymics, etc.Given namesTitles of nobilityEcclesiastical titlesPhrases

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the entry element for a heading representing the bibliographicidentity of a person see the following data elements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Page 115: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Heading representing bibliographic identity for a person

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, title, date, or other designation added to the entry element in apersonal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Fuller forms of nameTitles of nobilityTitles of royaltyEcclesiastical titlesOther designations associated with the personDates associated with the person

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as additions to headings representing the bibliographic identity of aperson see the following data elements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

Page 116: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Heading representing bibliographic identity for a corporate body

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first part of a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Names of associations, institutions, business firms, nonprofit enterprises, etc.Names of governments, government agencies, projects and programmes, government officialsNames of religious bodies, local churches, etc.Names of conferences, congresses, meetings, etc.Names of exhibitions, athletic contests, expeditions, fairs, festivals, etc.Names of ships, spacecraft, etc.Names of subordinate and related bodies

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the entry element for a heading representing the bibliographicidentity of a corporate body see the following data elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Page 117: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Heading representing bibliographic identity for a corporate body

ATTRIBUTE: Subheading

DEFINITION:

“Part of a corporate heading other than the entry element.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Names of subordinate and related bodiesNames of government agencies, government officials, legislative bodies, constitutionalconventions, courts, armed forces, embassies, consulates, etc., and delegationsNames of religious councils, religious officials, provinces, dioceses, synods, etc., and papaldiplomatic missions

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the subheading for a heading representing the bibliographicidentity of a corporate body see the following data elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - subheading - name

Page 118: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Heading representing bibliographic identity for a corporate body

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, place, date, number, or other designation added to the entryelement or subheading in a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Names of institutions, conferences, etc.Place names (countries, states, provinces, local place names)Date(s) associated with the bodyNumbers associated with the bodyOther designations associated with the body

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as additions to headings representing the bibliographic identity of acorporate body see the following data elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 119: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 7

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Heading representing a work

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title or the first part of a uniform title heading.

INCLUDES:

Titles properUniform titles for individual worksCollective uniform titles

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the entry element for a heading representing a work see thefollowing data elements listed under WORK:

Title properUniform title - entry element - title

See also the following data elements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Page 120: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 8

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Heading representing a work

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title, form, date, language, or other designation added to the entryelement for a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Titles of adaptationsForm of workDates associated with the workLanguageOther designations associated with the work

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as additions to headings representing a work see the following dataelements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 121: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 9

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Name-title heading

ATTRIBUTE: Name element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first part of a name-title heading.

INCLUDES:

Personal name headings used as the name element in a name-title headingCorporate name headings used as the name element in a name-title heading

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the name element in a name-title heading beginning with apersonal name heading see the following data elements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

For details on data used as the name element in a name-title heading beginning with acorporate name heading see the following data elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 122: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 10

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Name-title heading

ATTRIBUTE: Title element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The second element in a name-title heading.

INCLUDES:

Title proper used as the title element in a name-title headingUniform title used as the title element in a name-title heading

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the title element in a name-title heading see the following dataelements listed under WORK:

Title properUniform title - entry element - title

See also the following data elements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 123: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 11

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Name-title heading

ATTRIBUTE: Other identifying elements

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An element added to a name-title heading for the purposes of identifyinga specific edition of a work.

INCLUDES:

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Addition to a name-title heading

Page 124: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 12

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE: Name-title heading

ATTRIBUTE: Other identifying elements

DATA ELEMENT: Addition to a name-title heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An element added to the name and title elements in a name-titleheading.

INCLUDES:

Edition statement used as an addition to a name-title headingDate used as an addition to a name-title headingAny other element used as an addition to a name-title heading

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to other identifying elements in a name-title heading cover:� instructions relating to the addition of an edition statement, date, etc. to a name-title

added entry heading (21.30G1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 125: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 13

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE Heading representing a series

DEFINITION:

An access point to a bibliographic record which consists of the name of the author or issuingbody and/or the title of a series, together with any other identifying element, such as number orname of subseries.--$/$�JORVVDU\�RI�OLEUDU\�DQG�LQIRUPDWLRQ�VFLHQFH (listed as definition for“series entry”)

INCLUDES:

Headings for numbered monographic seriesHeadings for unnumbered seriesHeadings for multipart items

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Name elementTitle elementOther identifying elements

Page 126: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 14

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE Heading representing a series

ATTRIBUTE: Name element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first part of a heading for a series entered under the name of aperson or corporate body.

INCLUDES:

Names of persons (in the form established for a personal name heading)Names of corporate bodies (in the form established for a corporate name heading)

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the name element in a series heading beginning with a personalname heading see the following data elements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

For details on data used as the name element in a series heading beginning with a corporatename heading see the following data elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 127: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 15

ENTITY/OBJECT: HEADING

SUB-TYPE Heading representing a series

ATTRIBUTE: Title element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first part of a heading for a series entered under title, or the secondpart of a heading for a series entered under the name of a person or corporate body.

INCLUDES:

Title proper of seriesUniform title for series

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the title element in a series heading see the following dataelements listed under SERIES:

Title proper of series

See also the following data elements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 128: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 6 PAGE 16

[blank page]

Page 129: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 7 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: BIBLIOGRAPHIC IDENTITY

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An identity established by a person or corporate body through usage inworks by that person or body.

INCLUDES:

Identities of persons established through usage of a real name and/or pseudonym(s)Identities of corporate bodies established through usage of earlier and later names

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

%LEOLRJUDSKLF�LGHQWLW\�IRU�D�SHUVRQNameScope of usage

%LEOLRJUDSKLF�LGHQWLW\�IRU�D�FRUSRUDWH�ERG\NameDates of usage

Page 130: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 7 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: BIBLIOGRAPHIC IDENTITY

SUB-TYPE: Bibliographic identity for a person

ATTRIBUTE: Name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name used to identify the person.

INCLUDES:

Real namesPseudonyms

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used to reflect the bibliographic identity of a person see the following dataelements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

See rules 22.2B1-22.2B4 for instructions relating to bibliographic identities for persons using areal name and/or one or more pseudonyms.

Page 131: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 7 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: BIBLIOGRAPHIC IDENTITY

SUB-TYPE: Bibliographic identity for a person

ATTRIBUTE: Scope of usage

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The type of work associated with a particular bibliographic identityestablished by a person.

INCLUDES:

Types of work such as literary works, critical works, works on mathematics, detective novels,etc.

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Note: There are no data elements defined for scope of usage.

See rules 22.2B1-22.2B4 for instructions relating to bibliographic identities for persons using areal name and/or one or more pseudonyms.

Page 132: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 7 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: BIBLIOGRAPHIC IDENTITY

SUB-TYPE: Bibliographic identity for a corporate body

ATTRIBUTE: Name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name used to identify the corporate body.

INCLUDES:

Earlier names used by the bodyLater names used by the body

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used to reflect the bibliographic identity of a corporate body see thefollowing data elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - nameCorporate name heading - subheading - name

See rule 24.1C1 for instructions relating to bibliographic identities for corporate bodies thatchange their name.

Page 133: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 7 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: BIBLIOGRAPHIC IDENTITY

SUB-TYPE: Bibliographic identity for a corporate body

ATTRIBUTE: Dates of usage

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The dates associated with a particular bibliographic identity establishedby a corporate body.

INCLUDES:

Dates of usage of a particular name

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Note: There are no data elements defined for dates of usage.

See rule 24.1C1 for instructions relating to bibliographic identities for corporate bodies thatchange their name.

Page 134: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 7 PAGE 6

[blank page]

Page 135: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

DEFINITION:

“A specific body of recorded information in the form of words, numerals, sounds, images, orany other symbols, as distinct from the substance on which it is recorded.”--$/$�JORVVDU\�RIOLEUDU\�DQG�LQIRUPDWLRQ�VFLHQFH

INCLUDES:

Literary works (i.e. texts, written or spoken)Musical worksArt worksLegal works (laws, regulations, constitutions, treaties, court rules, court decisions, etc.)Religious works (sacred scriptures, creeds, liturgical works, papal communications etc.)Collections and compilations of works

1RWH���7KH�OLVW�DERYH�LQFOXGHV�RQO\�WKRVH�FDWHJRULHV�RI�ZRUNV�WKDW�DUH�UHIHUHQFHGH[SOLFLWO\�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Title of workForm of workDate of workOther designation associated with the work

0XVLFDO�ZRUNMedium of performanceNumeric designationKeyDateOther designation

Page 136: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Title of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A word, phrase, character, or group of characters naming the work.

INCLUDES:

Titles by which the work has become knownTitle proper of the original edition of the workTitles by which the work is identified in reference sourcesTitles under which the work has been published

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - addition - titleTitle proper

Page 137: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Title of work

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The title used as the entry element of a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Titles by which the work has become knownTitle proper of the original edition of the workTitles by which the work is identified in reference sourcesTitles under which the work has been published

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Publications of the workReference sources

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to title as the entry element for a uniform title cover:� instructions relating to initial articles in uniform titles (25.2C1)� instructions relating to the romanization of uniform titles (25.2D1)� instructions relating to uniform titles for works created after 1500 (25.3A, 25.3B,

25.3C1-25.3C3)� instructions relating to uniform titles for works created before 1501 (25.4A1, 25.4B1,

25.4C1� instructions relating to uniform titles for collections of works (25.8A, 25.9A, 25.10A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for cycles (25.12A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for stories with many versions (25.12B)� instructions relating to VHH references for uniform titles (26.4B1)

Page 138: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Title of work

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - title (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title as the entry element for a uniform title for certain types of workscover:

� instructions relating to uniform titles for works contained in manuscripts andmanuscript groups (25.13A1, 25.13B1)

� instructions relating to uniform titles for works published as incunabula (25.14A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for laws, etc. (25.15A1-25.15A2, 25.15B1)� instructions relating to uniform titles for treaties, etc. (25.16B2)� instructions relating to uniform titles for sacred scriptures (25.17A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for liturgical works (25.19A, 25.19B, 25.20A1,

25.20B1, 25.21A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for official papal communications (25.24A,

25.24B)� instructions relating to uniform titles for musical works (25.25A, 25.26A, 25.27A1,

25.27B1, 25.27C1, 25.27D1, 25.28A, 25.29A1, 25.29B1, 25.29C1)� instructions relating to uniform titles for collections of musical works (25.34A1,

25.34B1, 25.34C1-25.34C3)

Page 139: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Title of work

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title added to a uniform title

INCLUDES:

Title of an adaptation of a musico-dramatic workTitle of a musico-dramatic work with a new text

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to titles as additions to uniform titles for certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to the addition of the title of an adaptation to the uniform title for a

musico-dramatic work (25.31C1)

Page 140: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Title of work

DATA ELEMENT: Title proper

DEFINITION:

“The chief name of an item, including any alternative title but excluding parallel titles and othertitle information.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Chief title of the itemAlternative title (i.e., the second part of a two-part title, normally preceded by “or” or itsequivalent in another language)Statement of responsibility or the name of a publisher, distributor, etc. that is a grammaticallyintegral part of the title properSupplied title (i.e., a title derived from another source in the document, a reference source, orelsewhere, when the document lacks a chief source of information)Devised title (i.e., a brief descriptive title devised by the cataloguer when no title can be foundin any source)Titles of individually titled works in an item lacking a collective title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

The title proper is normally derived from the chief source of information for the item.For a single-part document with more than one chief source of information the title proper isnormally derived from the first occurring chief source.For a multipart document the title proper is normally derived from the chief source ofinformation for the first part.For a serial publication the title proper is normally derived from the chief source of informationfor the first issue.For items lacking a chief source of information the title proper is derived from any availablesource.In the absence of an available source the title proper is devised by the cataloguer.

Page 141: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 7

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Title of work

DATA ELEMENT: Title proper (continued)

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to entry under title cover:� instructions relating to entry under title (21.1C1)� instructions relating to changes in title proper (21.2B1-21.2B2, 21.2C1)� instructions relating to entry of works erroneously or fictitiously attributed to a person or

corporate body (21.4C1-21.4C2)� instructions relating to entry of works of unknown or uncertain personal authorship and

works emanating from a body that lacks a name (21.5A, 21.5B, 21.5C)� instructions relating to entry of works for which responsibility is shared among more

than three persons or corporate bodies (21.6C2)� instructions relating to entry of collections of works by different persons (21.7A1,

21.7B1, 21.7C1)� instructions relating to added entry under title (21.30J1)

Page 142: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 8

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Title of work

DATA ELEMENT: Title proper (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to entry under title for certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to entry of a collection of official communications and other works

by more than one holder of an office (21.4D3)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of texts where the name of the adapter is

unknown (21.10A)� instructions relating to added entry under title for revisions of texts (21.12B1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of translations of works by different authors

(21.14B)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of art works where the name of the adapter

is unknown (21.16A)� instructions relating to entry of arrangements, transcriptions, etc. of musical works

where the original composer is unknown (21.18B1)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of music where the name of the adapter is

unknown (21.18C1)� instructions relating to entry of pasticcios, ballad operas, etc. (21.19B1)� instructions relating to entry of musical settings of songs, etc. by one writer made by

two or composers (21.19C1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of one work (21.23A1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of two or more works by the same

person(s) or body (bodies) (21.23B1)� instructions relating to entry of sound recordings containing works by different persons

or bodies where there are four or more persons or bodies represented as principalperformers (21.23C1)

� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of a collection of works by differentpersons or bodies without a collective title (21.23D1)

� instructions relating to entry of reports of interviews or exchanges where there aremore than three principal participants (21.25A)

� instructions relating to added entries for titles (21.30J1)� instructions relating to entry of a compilation of laws governing more than one

jurisdiction (21.31B2)� instructions relating to entry of ancient laws, certain medieval laws, customary laws,

etc. (21.31C1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of administrative regulations, etc. (21.32C1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of court rules (21.34C)� instructions relating to entry of treaties, etc. between four or more national

governments (21.35A2)� instructions relating to entry of agreements contracted by international

intergovernmental bodies (21.35B1)� instructions relating to entry of other agreements, protocols, amendments, etc., and

collections of treaties, etc. (21.35D1-21.35D4, 21.35E1-21.35E2, 21.35F3)� instructions relating to entry for law reports (21.36A1-21.36A2)� instructions relating to entry of citations, digests, etc. where the person responsible is

not named prominently (21.36B1)� instructions relating to entry of sacred scriptures (21.37A, 21.37B)� instructions relating to entry of theological creeds, etc. (21.38A)� instructions relating to entry of Jewish liturgical works (21.39C1)

Page 143: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 9

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Form of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The class to which a work belongs.-- )XQFWLRQDO�UHTXLUHPHQWV�IRUELEOLRJUDSKLF�UHFRUGV

INCLUDES:

Forms of literary works (e.g., novel, play, poem, essay, biography, etc.)Forms of musical works (e.g., symphony, concerto, sonata, etc.)Forms of legal works (e.g., law, treaty, etc.)

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - entry element - form of workUniform title - addition - form of work

Page 144: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 10

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Form of work

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - form of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating the form of a work used as the entry element of auniform title.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating literary form (e.g., “novel,” “play,” “poem,” “essay,” etc.)Terms indicating musical form (e.g., “symphony,” “concerto,” “sonata,” etc.)Terms indicating legal form (e.g., “law,” “treaty,” etc.)

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to form of work as the entry element for a uniform title cover:� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of works in a single form

(25.10A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to form of work as the entry element for a uniform title for certain typesof works cover:

� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of laws (25.15A1)� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of treaties (25.16A1)� instructions for formulating uniform titles for single treaties and protocols (25.16B1,

25.16B3)� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of musical works (25.34C2)

Page 145: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 11

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Form of work

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - form of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating the form of a work added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating literary form (e.g., “novel,” “play,” “poem,” “essay,” “biography,” etc.)Terms indicating musical form (e.g., “symphony,” “concerto,” “sonata,” etc.)

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to form of work as an addition to a uniform title cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles to resolve conflict (25.5B1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to form of work as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of workscover:

� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for musical works to resolve conflict(25.31B1)

Page 146: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 12

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Date of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The date (normally the year) a work was originally created.-- )XQFWLRQDOUHTXLUHPHQWV�IRU�ELEOLRJUDSKLF�UHFRUGV

INCLUDES:

Year in which the work was written, composed, etc.Year of first publication of the workPeriod or century in which the work was createdDate of promulgation of a lawDate of signing of a treaty

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - date of work

Page 147: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 13

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Date of work

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - date of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A date added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Year in which the work was written, composed, etc.Year of publication of a facsimile reproduction of the workYear of first publication of the workPeriod or century in which the work was createdDate of promulgation of a lawDate of signing of a treaty or protocol

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to date as an addition to a uniform title cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles to resolve conflict (25.5B1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to date as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of works cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for laws, etc. (25.15A2)� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for treaties, etc. (25.16A1, 25.16B1-

25.16B3)� instructions for adding the year of publication to a uniform title for the Bible (25.18A13)� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for musical works (25.30E1,

25.31B1)

Page 148: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 14

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A designation other than title, form, or date associated with a work. --)XQFWLRQDO�UHTXLUHPHQWV�IRU�ELEOLRJUDSKLF�UHFRUGV

INCLUDES:

Terms and phrases indicating the origin or place of publication of the workNames of the parties to a treatyName of the repository of a manuscriptTerms and phrases indicating the version of a workName of person responsible for altering the text of a work

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - other designation

Page 149: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 15

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with work

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A designation other than title, form, or date added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Terms and phrases indicating the origin or place of publication of the workNames of the parties to a treatyName of the repository of a manuscriptTerms and phrases indicating the version of a workName of person responsible for altering the text of a work

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to other designations as additions to uniform titles cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles to resolve conflict (25.5B1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to other designations as additions to uniform titles for certain types ofworks cover:

� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for treaties, etc. (25.16A1, 25.16B2)� instructions for adding the name of the version to a uniform title for a translation of the

Bible (25.18A11)� instructions for adding the name of the manuscript or its repository to a uniform title for

the Bible (25.18A12)� instructions for adding the name of the person who has altered the text to a uniform

title for the Bible (25.18A12)� instructions for adding a name or phrase used to identify the text in the chief source of

information to a uniform title for the Bible (25.18A12)� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for musical works (25.30E1,

25.31B1)

Page 150: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 16

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Medium of performance

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The instrumental and/or vocal medium of performance for which amusical work was originally intended.--derived from footnote to rule 25.30B1

INCLUDES:

Individual instrumentsGroups of instrumentsOrchestras, bands, etc.Accompanying instruments and ensemblesSolo voicesChorusesIndeterminate medium of performance

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - medium of performance

Page 151: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 17

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Medium of performance

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - medium of performance

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating medium of performance added to a uniform title for amusical work.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating individual instrumentsTerms indicating groups of instrumentsTerms indicating orchestras, bands, etc.Terms indicating accompanying instruments and ensemblesTerms indicating solo voicesTerms indicating chorusesTerms indicating indeterminate medium of performance

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to medium of performance as an addition to a uniform title for certaintypes of works cover:

� instructions for adding medium of performance to a uniform title for a musical workwhen the initial title element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two or moretypes, of composition (25.30B1-25.30B11)

Page 152: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 18

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Numeric designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A serial number, opus number, or thematic index number identifying amusical composition.

INCLUDES:

Serial numbersOpus numbersThematic index numbers

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - numeric designation

Page 153: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 19

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Numeric designation

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - numeric designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A serial number, opus number, or thematic index number identifying amusical composition added to a uniform title for a musical work.

INCLUDES:

Serial numbersOpus numbersThematic index numbers

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to numeric designation as an addition to a uniform title for certain typesof works cover:

� instructions for adding a numeric identifying element to a uniform title for a musicalwork when the initial title element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two ormore types, of composition (25.30C1-25.30C4)

Page 154: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 20

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Key

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] In tonal music, the set of pitch relationships that establishes a singlepitch class as a tonal centre.

INCLUDES:

Major keysMinor keys

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - key

Page 155: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 21

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Key

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - key

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The key in which a musical work was originally composed added to auniform title for a musical work.

INCLUDES:

Major keysMinor keys

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to key as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of works cover:� instructions for adding the key to a uniform title for a musical work when the initial title

element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two or more types, of composition(25.30D1-25.30D2)

Page 156: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 22

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Date

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The year of completion or year of original publication of a musicalcomposition.

INCLUDES:

Year of completion of compositionYear of original publication

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - date

Page 157: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 23

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Date

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - date

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The year of completion of composition or the year of original publicationadded to a uniform title for a musical work.

INCLUDES:

Year of completion of compositionYear of original publication

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to date as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of works cover:� instructions for adding the year of completion of composition or year of original

publication to a uniform title for a musical work when the initial title element consistssolely of the name of a type, or of two or more types, of composition (25.30E1)

Page 158: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 24

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An identifying element other than medium of performance, numericdesignation, key, or date associated with a musical composition.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating the place of composition of a musical workName of the first publisher of a musical work

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - other designation

Page 159: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 25

ENTITY/OBJECT: WORK

SUB-TYPE: Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An identifying element other than medium of performance, numericdesignation, key, or date associated with a musical composition added to a uniform title for amusical work.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating the place of composition of a musical workName of the first publisher of a musical work

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to other designations as additions to uniform titles for certain types ofworks cover:

� instructions for adding other identifying elements to a uniform title for a musical workwhen the initial title element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two or moretypes, of composition (25.30E1)

Page 160: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 8 PAGE 26

[blank page]

Page 161: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

DEFINITION:

“1. The particular title by which a work is to be identified for cataloguing purposes. 2. Theparticular title used to distinguish the heading for a work from the heading for a different work.3. A conventional collective title used to collocate publications of an author, composer, orcorporate body containing several works or extracts, etc. from several works.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Uniform titles for works that have appeared under various titles in different editions,translations, etc.Uniform titles differentiating two or more works published with the same title properUniform titles for collections of works or extracts of works by the same author or emanatingfrom the same corporate body

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

,QGLYLGXDO�WLWOHEntry elementAddition

&ROOHFWLYH�WLWOHEntry elementAddition

Page 162: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first part of a uniform title for an individual work.

INCLUDES:

Titles of literary works (i.e. texts, written or spoken)Titles of musical worksTitles of art worksTitles of legal works (laws, regulations, constitutions, treaties, court rules, court decisions, etc.)Titles of religious works (sacred scriptures, creeds, liturgical works, papal communicationsetc.)Conventional titles

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - entry element - conventional title

Page 163: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The title used as the entry element of a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Titles by which the work has become knownTitle proper of the original edition of the workTitles by which the work is identified in reference sourcesTitles under which the work has been published

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Publications of the workReference sources

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to title as the entry element for a uniform title for an individual workcover:

� instructions relating to initial articles in uniform titles (25.2C1)� instructions relating to the romanization of uniform titles (25.2D1)� instructions relating to uniform titles for works created after 1500 (25.3A, 25.3B,

25.3C1-25.3C3)� instructions relating to uniform titles for works created before 1501 (25.4A1, 25.4B1,

25.4C1� instructions relating to see references for uniform titles (26.4B1)

Page 164: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - title (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title as the entry element for a uniform title for certain types ofindividual works cover:

� instructions relating to uniform titles for stories with many versions (25.12B)� instructions relating to uniform titles for works contained in manuscripts and

manuscript groups (25.13A1, 25.13B1)� instructions relating to uniform titles for works published as incunabula (25.14A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for individual laws, etc. (25.15A2, 25.15B1)� instructions relating to uniform titles for individual treaties, etc. (25.16B2-25.16B3)� instructions relating to uniform titles for sacred scriptures (25.17A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for liturgical works (25.19A, 25.19B, 25.20A1,

25.20B1, 25.21A)� instructions relating to uniform titles for official papal communications (25.24A,

25.24B)� instructions relating to uniform titles for musical works (25.25A, 25.26A, 25.27A1,

25.27B1, 25.27C1, 25.27D1, 25.28A, 25.29A1, 25.29B1, 25.29C1)

Page 165: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - conventional title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A conventional collective title used to collocate publications of an author,composer, or corporate body containing several works or extracts, etc. from several works.--glossary (under definition for ”uniform title”)

INCLUDES:

Conventional title “Treaties, etc.”

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

N/A

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to conventional title as the entry element for a uniform title for certaintypes of individual works cover:

� instructions relating to uniform titles for individual treaties, etc. (25.16B1, 25.16B3)

1RWH���7KH�XVH�RI�³7UHDWLHV��HWF�´�IRU�DQ�LQGLYLGXDO�WUHDW\�LV�DQRPDORXV�DQG�FRQWUDGLFWVWKH�JORVVDU\�GHILQLWLRQ�IRU�³FRQYHQWLRQDO�WLWOH´�

Page 166: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title, form, date, language, or other designation added to the entryelement for a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Title of an adaptation of a musico-dramatic workTitle of a musico-dramatic work with a new textTerms indicating literary form (e.g., “novel,” “play,” “poem,” “essay,” “biography,” etc.)Terms indicating musical form (e.g., “symphony,” “concerto,” “sonata,” etc.)Year in which the work was written, composed, etc.Year of publication of a facsimile reproduction of the workYear of first publication of the workPeriod or century in which the work was createdDate of promulgation of a lawDate of signing of a treaty or protocolTerms indicating language of contentTerms and phrases indicating the origin or place of publication of the workName of a party to a treatyTerms such as “protocols, etc.”Name of the repository of a manuscriptTerms and phrases indicating the version of a workTerms indicating the place of composition of a musical workName of the first publisher of a musical workTerms indicating that a musical work consists of sketches, that it has been arranged, or thatthe work consists of a libretto or text for a musical work

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 167: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 7

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title added to a uniform title

INCLUDES:

Title of an adaptation of a musico-dramatic workTitle of a musico-dramatic work with a new text

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to titles as additions to uniform titles for certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to the addition of the title of an adaptation to the uniform title for a

musico-dramatic work (25.31C1)

Page 168: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 8

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - form of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating the form of a work added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating literary form (e.g., “novel,” “play,” “poem,” “essay,” “biography,” etc.)Terms indicating musical form (e.g., “symphony,” “concerto,” “sonata,” etc.)

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to form of work as an addition to a uniform title cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles to resolve conflict (25.5B1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to form of work as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of workscover:

� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for musical works to resolve conflict(25.31B1)

Page 169: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 9

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - date of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A date added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Year in which the work was written, composed, etc.Year of publication of a facsimile reproduction of the workYear of first publication of the workPeriod or century in which the work was createdDate of promulgation of a lawDate of signing of a treaty or protocol

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to date as an addition to a uniform title cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles to resolve conflict (25.5B1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to date as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of works cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for individual laws, etc. (25.15A2)� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for individual treaties, etc. (25.16B1-

25.16B3)� instructions for adding the year of publication to a uniform title for the Bible (25.18A13)� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for musical works (25.30E1,

25.31B1)

Page 170: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 10

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - language

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating language of content added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Names of languages

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to language as an addition to a uniform title cover:� instructions for adding the name of the language of the content to uniform titles for

individual works (25.5C1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to language as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of workscover:

� instructions for adding the name of the language of the content to uniform titles forvocal musical works (25.35F1)

Page 171: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 11

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A designation other than title, form, or date added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Terms and phrases indicating the origin or place of publication of the workName of a party to a treatyName of the repository of a manuscriptTerms and phrases indicating the version of a work

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to other designations as additions to uniform titles cover:� instructions for making additions to uniform titles to resolve conflict (25.5B1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to other designations as additions to uniform titles for certain types ofworks cover:

� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for individual treaties, etc. (25.16B2)� instructions for adding the name of the version to a uniform title for a translation of the

Bible (25.18A11)� instructions for adding the name of the manuscript or its repository to a uniform title for

the Bible (25.18A12)� instructions for adding the name of the person who has altered the text to a uniform

title for the Bible (25.18A12)� instructions for adding a name or phrase used to identify the text in the chief source of

information to a uniform title for the Bible (25.18A12)

Page 172: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 12

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title - Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Medium of performance

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - medium of performance

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating medium of performance added to a uniform title for amusical work.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating individual instrumentsTerms indicating groups of instrumentsTerms indicating orchestras, bands, etc.Terms indicating accompanying instruments and ensemblesTerms indicating solo voicesTerms indicating chorusesTerms indicating indeterminate medium of performance

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to medium of performance as an addition to a uniform title for certaintypes of works cover:

� instructions for adding medium of performance to a uniform title for a musical workwhen the initial title element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two or moretypes, of composition (25.30B1-25.30B11)

Page 173: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 13

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title - Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Numeric designation

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - numeric designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A serial number, opus number, or thematic index number identifying amusical composition added to a uniform title for a musical work.

INCLUDES:

Serial numbersOpus numbersThematic index numbers

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to numeric designation as an addition to a uniform title for certain typesof works cover:

� instructions for adding a numeric identifying element to a uniform title for a musicalwork when the initial title element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two ormore types, of composition (25.30C1-25.30C4)

Page 174: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 14

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title - Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Key

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - key

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The key in which a musical work was originally composed added to auniform title for a musical work.

INCLUDES:

Major keysMinor keys

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to key as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of works cover:� instructions for adding the key to a uniform title for a musical work when the initial title

element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two or more types, of composition(25.30D1-25.30D2)

Page 175: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 15

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title - Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Date

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - date

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The year of completion of composition or the year of original publicationadded to a uniform title for a musical work.

INCLUDES:

Year of completion of compositionYear of original publication

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to date as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of works cover:� instructions for adding the year of completion of composition or year of original

publication to a uniform title for a musical work when the initial title element consistssolely of the name of a type, or of two or more types, of composition (25.30E1)

Page 176: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 16

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Individual title - Musical work

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An identifying element other than medium of performance, numericdesignation, key, or date associated with a musical composition added to a uniform title for amusical work.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating the place of composition of a musical workName of the first publisher of a musical workTerms and abbreviations such as “sketches,” “arr.,” “libretto,” “vocal score,” “chorus score,”etc.

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to other designations as additions to uniform titles for certain types ofworks cover:

� instructions for adding other identifying elements to a uniform title for a musical workwhen the initial title element consists solely of the name of a type, or of two or moretypes, of composition (25.30E1)

� instructions for adding the term VNHWFKHV to a uniform title for a musical work(25.35B1)

� instructions for adding the abbreviation DUU� to a uniform title for a musical work(25.35C1-25.35C2)

� instructions for adding the term YRFDO VFRUH or FKRUXV VFRUH to a uniform title for amusical work (25.35D1)

� instructions for adding the term OLEUHWWR or WH[W to a uniform title for a musical work(25.35E1)

Page 177: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 17

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Collective title

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first part of a collective uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Collective titles for collections of the complete works of an authorCollective titles for selections of three or more works of an author in various formsCollective titles for collections of the complete works of an author in a particular formCollective titles for collections of three or more works of an author in a particular formCollective titles for collections of legal works (laws, treaties, etc.) emanating from a singlejurisdiction or intergovernmental body

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Page 178: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 18

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Collective title

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - conventional title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A conventional collective title used to collocate publications of an author,composer, or corporate body containing several works or extracts, etc. from several works.--glossary (under the definition for “uniform title”)

INCLUDES:

Terms such as “Work,” “Selections”Terms such as “Chamber music,” “Keyboard music,” “Orchestra music,” “Piano music,” etc.

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

N/A

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to collective uniform titles cover:� instructions for formulating collective titles for collections of complete works (25.8A)� instructions for formulating collective titles for selections of works in various forms

(25.9A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to collective uniform titles for certain types of works cover:� instructions for formulating collective titles for collections containing musical works of

various types for various instrumental and vocal media (25.34B1)� instructions for formulating collective titles for collections containing musical works of

various types in one broad medium or one specific medium (25.34C1)

Page 179: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 19

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Collective title

ATTRIBUTE: Entry element

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - entry element - form of work

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating the form of a work used as the entry element of auniform title.

INCLUDES:

Collective terms indicating literary form (e.g., “novels,” “plays,” “poems,” “essays,” etc.)Collective terms indicating musical form (e.g., “symphonies,” “concertos,” “sonatas,” etc.)Collective terms indicating legal form (e.g., “laws,” “treaties,” etc.)

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to form of work as the entry element for a collective uniform title cover:� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of works in a single form

(25.10A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to form of work as the entry element for a collective uniform title forcertain types of works cover:

� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of laws (25.15A1)� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of treaties (25.16A1)� instructions for formulating uniform titles for collections of musical works (25.34C1-

25.34C2)

Page 180: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 20

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Collective title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term or phrase added to the entry element for a collective uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating language of contentName of a party to a treatyTerms and abbreviations such as “sketches,” “arr.,” “libretto,” “vocal score,” “chorus score,”etc.

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 181: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 21

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Collective title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - language

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating language of content added to a collective uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Names of languages

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to language as an addition to a collective uniform title cover:� instructions for adding the name of the language of the content to uniform titles for

collections of works or selections of works of one person (25.11A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain types of collective uniform titles cover:� instructions for adding the name of the language of text of vocal scores to uniform

titles for collections of musical works (25.35F1)

Page 182: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 9 PAGE 22

ENTITY/OBJECT: UNIFORM TITLE

SUB-TYPE: Collective title

ATTRIBUTE: Addition

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A designation added to a collective uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Name of a party to a treatyTerms and abbreviations such as “sketches,” “arr.,” “libretto,” “vocal score,” “chorus score,”etc.

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to other designations as additions to collective uniform titles for certaintypes of works cover:

� instructions for making additions to uniform titles for collections of treaties, etc.(25.16A1)

� instructions for adding the term VNHWFKHV to a uniform title for a musical work(25.35B1)

� instructions for adding the abbreviation DUU� to a uniform title for a musical work(25.35C1-25.35C2)

� instructions for adding the term YRFDO VFRUH or FKRUXV VFRUH to a uniform title for amusical work (25.35D1)

� instructions for adding the term OLEUHWWR or WH[W to a uniform title for a musical work(25.35E1)

Page 183: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

DEFINITION:

“A direction from one heading or entry to another.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

“See” references from variant forms of a name or title to the form chosen as a heading oruniform title“See also” references from one name heading or uniform title to a related heading or uniformtitleName-title “see” and “see also” referencesGeneral references

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

6HH�UHIHUHQFHReference headingExplanatory noteTarget heading

6HH�DOVR�UHIHUHQFHReference headingExplanatory noteTarget heading

*HQHUDO�UHIHUHQFHReference headingExplanatory note

Page 184: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See reference

ATTRIBUTE: Reference heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The heading on a reference.

INCLUDES:

Personal name headingsCorporate name headingsUniform title headings

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the reference heading for a personal name see the following dataelements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

For instructions for making see references for personal names see rules 26.2A1-26.2A3.

For details on data used as the reference heading for a corporate name see the following dataelements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Corporate name heading - subheading - name

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 185: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See reference

ATTRIBUTE: Reference heading (continued)

For details on data used as the reference heading for a uniform title see the following dataelements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 186: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See reference

ATTRIBUTE: Explanatory note

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A note in a reference providing explicit guidance to the searcher.

INCLUDES:

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For instructions for making explanatory see references for personal names see rule 26.2D1.

For instructions for making explanatory see references for corporate names see rule 26.3C1-26.3C2.

For instructions for making explanatory see references for uniform titles see rule 26.4D1-26.4D3.

Page 187: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See reference

ATTRIBUTE: Target heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The heading to which a reference directs the searcher.

INCLUDES:

Personal name headingsCorporate name headingsUniform title headings

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the target heading in a personal name reference see the followingdata elements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

For details on data used as the target heading in a corporate name reference see the followingdata elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Corporate name heading - subheading - name

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 188: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See reference

ATTRIBUTE: Target heading (continued)

For details on data used as the target heading in a uniform title reference see the followingdata elements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 189: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 7

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See also reference

ATTRIBUTE: Reference heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The heading on a reference.

INCLUDES:

Personal name headingsCorporate name headingsUniform title headings

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the reference heading for a personal name see the following dataelements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

For instructions for making see also references for personal names see rules 26.2C1-26.2C2.

For details on data used as the reference heading for a corporate name see the following dataelements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Corporate name heading - subheading - name

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

For instructions for making see also references for corporate names see rule 26.3B1.

Page 190: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 8

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See also reference

ATTRIBUTE: Reference heading (continued)

For details on data used as the reference heading for a uniform title see the following dataelements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

For instructions for making see also references for uniform titles see rule 26.4C1.

Page 191: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 9

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See also reference

ATTRIBUTE: Explanatory note

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A note in a reference providing explicit guidance to the searcher.

INCLUDES:

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For instructions for making explanatory see also references for personal names see rule26.2D1.

For instructions for making explanatory see also references for corporate names see rule26.3C1-26.3C2.

For instructions for making explanatory see also references for uniform titles see rule 26.4D1-26.4D3.

Page 192: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 10

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See also reference

ATTRIBUTE: Target heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The heading to which a reference directs the searcher.

INCLUDES:

Personal name headingsCorporate name headingsUniform title headings

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the target heading in a personal name reference see the followingdata elements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

For details on data used as the target heading in a corporate name reference see the followingdata elements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Corporate name heading - subheading - name

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 193: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 11

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: See also reference

ATTRIBUTE: Target heading (continued)

For details on data used as the target heading in a uniform title reference see the followingdata elements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 194: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 12

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: General reference

ATTRIBUTE: Reference heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The heading on a reference.

INCLUDES:

Personal name headingsCorporate name headingsUniform title headings

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For details on data used as the reference heading for a personal name see the following dataelements listed under PERSON:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - entry element - phrase

Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of namePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - other designationPersonal name heading - addition - dates

For details on data used as the reference heading for a corporate name see the following dataelements listed under CORPORATE BODY:

Corporate name heading - entry element - name

Corporate name heading - subheading - name

Corporate name heading - addition - nameCorporate name heading - addition - place nameCorporate name heading - addition - dateCorporate name heading - addition - numberCorporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 195: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 13

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: General reference

ATTRIBUTE: Reference heading (continued)

For details on data used as the reference heading for a uniform title see the following dataelements listed under UNIFORM TITLE:

Uniform title - entry element - titleUniform title - entry element - conventional titleUniform title - entry element - form of work

Uniform title - addition - titleUniform title - addition - form of workUniform title - addition - date of workUniform title - addition - languageUniform title - addition - other designation

8QLIRUP�WLWOH�IRU�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUNUniform title - addition - medium of performanceUniform title - addition - numeric designationUniform title - addition - keyUniform title - addition - dateUniform title - addition - other designation

Page 196: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 10 PAGE 14

ENTITY/OBJECT: REFERENCE

SUB-TYPE: General reference

ATTRIBUTE: Explanatory note

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A note in a reference providing explicit guidance to the searcher.

INCLUDES:

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

For instructions for making general references for personal names see rule 26.2D2.

Page 197: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 11 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: ENTRY

DEFINITION:

“A record of an item in a catalogue.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Main entriesAdded entries

EXCLUDES:

References

ATTRIBUTES:

For the purposes of this analysis the key attributes of the entry—i.e., the heading for the entryand the description that forms the body of the entry—have been treated as separate entities(see HEADING and DESCRIPTION).

The code distinguishes between two subtypes of entry: main entry and added entry. Theglossary definition for the term “main entry” indicates that the main entry may include thetracings (i.e., a record of the headings under which an item has been entered in thecatalogue), but there are otherwise no practical distinctions made in the rules themselvesbetween the form of a main entry and the form of an added entry.

From a functional point of view, the main entry serves two purposes that an added entry doesnot (see 0.5):

(a) in a catalogue or other listing that gives only one entry per item, the main entry servesas that one entry;(b) the main entry serves as the source for the “citation” for a work (i.e., the name and/ortitle by which a work is to be cited when relating one work to another by means of either anote or a name-title added entry).

Page 198: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 11 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 199: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 12 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: DESCRIPTION

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A structured set of bibliographic data describing an item.

INCLUDES:

Descriptions of documentsDescriptions of document partsDescriptions of content partsDescriptions of collectionsMultilevel descriptions of multipart documentsMultilevel descriptions of seriesMultilevel descriptions of collections

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Title and statement of responsibility area

Note: The other areas of the DESCRIPTION are not directly relevant to the instructions andstructural logic embodied in Part II.

Page 200: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 12 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: DESCRIPTION

ATTRIBUTE: Title and statement of responsibility area

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The first area of the description, comprising title information andstatement(s) of responsibility transcribed from the chief source of information for the itembeing described.

INCLUDES:

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Title proper

Note: The other data elements in the title and statement of responsibility area are not directlyrelevant to the instructions and structural logic embodied in Part II.

Page 201: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 12 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: DESCRIPTION

ATTRIBUTE: Title and statement of responsibility area

DATA ELEMENT: Title proper

DEFINITION:

“The chief name of an item, including any alternative title but excluding parallel titles and othertitle information.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Chief title of the itemAlternative title (i.e., the second part of a two-part title, normally preceded by “or” or itsequivalent in another language)Statement of responsibility or the name of a publisher, distributor, etc. that is a grammaticallyintegral part of the title properSupplied title (i.e., a title derived from another source in the document, a reference source, orelsewhere, when the document lacks a chief source of information)Devised title (i.e., a brief descriptive title devised by the cataloguer when no title can be foundin any source)Titles of individually titled works in an item lacking a collective title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

The title proper is normally derived from the chief source of information for the item.For a single-part document with more than one chief source of information the title proper isnormally derived from the first occurring chief source.For a multipart document the title proper is normally derived from the chief source ofinformation for the first part.For a serial publication the title proper is normally derived from the chief source of informationfor the first issue.For items lacking a chief source of information the title proper is derived from any availablesource.In the absence of an available source the title proper is devised by the cataloguer.

Page 202: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 12 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: DESCRIPTION

ATTRIBUTE: Title and statement of responsibility area

DATA ELEMENT: Title proper (continued)

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to entry under title cover:� instructions relating to entry under title (21.1C1)� instructions relating to changes in title proper (21.2B1-21.2B2, 21.2C1)� instructions relating to entry of works erroneously or fictitiously attributed to a person or

corporate body (21.4C1-21.4C2)� instructions relating to entry of works of unknown or uncertain personal authorship and

works emanating from a body that lacks a name (21.5A, 21.5B, 21.5C)� instructions relating to entry of works for which responsibility is shared among more

than three persons or corporate bodies (21.6C2)� instructions relating to entry of collections of works by different persons (21.7A1,

21.7B1, 21.7C1)

Page 203: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 12 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: DESCRIPTION

ATTRIBUTE: Title and statement of responsibility area

DATA ELEMENT: Title proper (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to entry under title for certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to entry of a collection of official communications and other works

by more than one holder of an office (21.4D3)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of texts where the name of the adapter is

unknown (21.10A)� instructions relating to entry for revisions of texts (21.12B1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of translations of works by different authors

(21.14B)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of art works where the name of the adapter

is unknown (21.16A)� instructions relating to entry of arrangements, transcriptions, etc. of musical works

where the original composer is unknown (21.18B1)� instructions relating to entry of adaptations of music where the name of the adapter is

unknown (21.18C1)� instructions relating to entry of pasticcios, ballad operas, etc. (21.19B1)� instructions relating to entry of musical settings of songs, etc. by one writer made by

two or composers (21.19C1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of one work (21.23A1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of two or more works by the same

person(s) or body (bodies) (21.23B1)� instructions relating to entry of sound recordings containing works by different persons

or bodies where there are four or more persons or bodies represented as principalperformers (21.23C1)

� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of a collection of works by differentpersons or bodies without a collective title (21.23D1)

� instructions relating to entry of reports of interviews or exchanges where there aremore than three principal participants (21.25A)

� instructions relating to entry of a compilation of laws governing more than onejurisdiction (21.31B2)

� instructions relating to entry of ancient laws, certain medieval laws, customary laws,etc. (21.31C1)

� instructions relating to entry of collections of administrative regulations, etc. (21.32C1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of court rules (21.34C)� instructions relating to entry of treaties, etc. between four or more national

governments (21.35A2)� instructions relating to entry of agreements contracted by international

intergovernmental bodies (21.35B1)� instructions relating to entry of other agreements, protocols, amendments, etc., and

collections of treaties, etc. (21.35D1-21.35D4, 21.35E1-21.35E2, 21.35F3)� instructions relating to entry for law reports (21.36A1-21.36A2)� instructions relating to entry of citations, digests, etc. where the person responsible is

not named prominently (21.36B1)� instructions relating to entry of sacred scriptures (21.37A, 21.37B)� instructions relating to entry of theological creeds, etc. (21.38A)� instructions relating to entry of Jewish liturgical works (21.39C1)

Page 204: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 12 PAGE 6

[blank page]

Page 205: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An individual.

INCLUDES:

Persons responsible for the creation of intellectual or artistic content (authors, composers,lyricists, choreographers, artists, etc.)Persons to whom authorship, etc. has been attributed erroneously or fictitiouslyPersons responsible for the compilation, editing, indexing, etc. of intellectual or artistic contentPersons responsible for the translation, musical arrangement, adaptation, revision, etc. ofintellectual or artistic contentPersons involved in or reporting on interviews and exchanges (interviewees, interviewers,debaters, reporters, etc.)Persons involved in spirit communications (spirits, mediums, etc.)Persons involved in academic disputations (praeses, respondents, defenders, etc.)Persons responsible for the performance of intellectual or artistic content (musicians, actors,narrators, etc.)Persons involved in court proceedings (defendants, plaintiffs, etc.)Other persons associated with a work (addressees, honourees, etc.)

EXCLUDES:

Named groups of persons (see CORPORATE BODY)

ATTRIBUTES:

Name of personTitle of personOther designation associated with the personDates of person

Page 206: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Name of person

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which theperson is known.

INCLUDES:

Real namesPseudonymsReligious namesInitials, separate letters or numerals

EXCLUDES:

Titles of personsTerms of honourOther words or phrases that commonly appear in association with the name

Note: Rule 22.1C implies that titles of nobility, terms of honour, and other words or phrasesthat commonly appear in association with the name are to be treated as part of the name itself.For the purposes of this analysis, titles of nobility, terms of honour, and other words or phrasescommonly appearing in association with the name are treated as separate attributes of theperson (see Title of person and Other designation, below).

DATA ELEMENTS:

Personal name heading - entry element - namePersonal name heading - addition - fuller form of name

Page 207: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Name of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - entry element - name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The name used as the entry element of a personal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Surnames (including compound surnames and surnames with prefixes)Family namesNames of royal houses or dynastiesPatronymicsGiven namesInitials, separate letters or numerals

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief sources of information of works by the person issued in his or her languageReference sources issued in the person’s language or in the person’s country of residence oractivity

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to name as the entry element for a personal name heading cover:� instructions for choosing a name as the basis of the heading (22.1A, 22.1B)� instructions relating to the inclusion of accents, diacritical marks, hyphens, etc.

(22.1D1-22.1D2)� instructions for choosing among different names (22.2A1, 22.2B1-22.2B4, 22.2C1)� instructions for choosing among different forms of the same name (22.3A1, 22.3B1-

22.3B4, 22.3C1-22.3C2, 22.3D1)� instructions for selecting the entry element for the name (22.4A, 22.4B1-22.4B4,

22.5A1, 22.5B1, 22.5C1-22.5C8, 22.5D1-22.5D2, 22.5E1, 22.5F1, 22.7A, 22.8A1-22.8A2, 22.8B1, 22.8C1, 22.9A1, 22.9B1, 22.10A)

� instructions relating to see references for names of persons (26.2A1-26.2A3)

Page 208: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Name of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - entry element - name (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to personal names in certain languages cover:� instructions for names in the Arabic alphabet (22.22A1, 22.22B1, 22.22C1, 22.22D1)� instructions for Burmese and Karen names (22.23A)� instructions for Chinese names containing non-Chinese given names (22.24A)� instructions for Indic names (22.25A1, 22.25B1-22.25B4)� instructions for Indonesian names (22.26A1, 22.26B1, 22.26C1, 22.26D1, 22.26E1,

22.26F1)� instructions for Malay names (22.27A1, 22.27B1, 22.27C1-22.27C2)� instructions for Thai names (22.28A1, 22.28B1-22.28B2, 22.28C1-22.28C2, 22.28D1,

22.28D3)

Page 209: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Name of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - addition - fuller form of name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A person’s name in a form that is fuller than the form in the entryelement used as an addition to a personal name heading.

1RWH���$OWKRXJK�UXOH������$�IDOOV�XQGHU�WKH�KHDGLQJ�³$GGLWLRQV�WR�'LVWLQJXLVK�,GHQWLFDO1DPHV�´�WKH�EROG�IRQW�XVHG�LQ�WKH�H[DPSOHV�VXJJHVWV�WKDW�WKH�³DGGLWLRQ´�LV�EHLQJWUHDWHG�DV�SDUW�RI�WKH�HQWU\�HOHPHQW�IRU�WKH�KHDGLQJ�

INCLUDES:

Forms of name that include the spelled out form of initialsForms of name that include forenames, surnames, or initials that are not included in the formused as the basis for the heading

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to fuller forms of name cover:� instructions for adding the fuller form of a name to the heading (22.18A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 210: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Title of person

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title of nobility or royalty, courtesy title, or ecclesiastical title by which aperson is known.

INCLUDES:

Titles of nobilityCourtesy titlesTitles of royaltyEcclesiastical titles

EXCLUDES:

Terms of honour (see other designation associated with the name)

DATA ELEMENTS:

Personal name heading - entry element - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical titlePersonal name heading - addition - title of nobilityPersonal name heading - addition - title of royaltyPersonal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical title

Page 211: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 7

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Title of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - entry element - title of nobility

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title borne by a person of noble rank used as the entry element of apersonal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Proper name in the titleTerritorial designation that is an integral part of the titleTerm of rank

EXCLUDES:

Territorial designation that is not an integral part of the title

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief sources of information of works by the person issued in his or her languageReference sources issued in the person’s language or in the person’s country of residence oractivity

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to titles of nobility cover:� instructions relating to the inclusion of titles of nobility in the entry element (22.1C)� instructions for entry under title of nobility (22.6A1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain titles of nobility cover:� instructions relating to territorial designations in titles of UK peerage (22.6B1)� instructions relating to titles of judges in the Scottish Court of Session (22.6B2)� instructions relating to disclaimed titles and newly acquired titles (22.6B3)� instructions relating to entry under title of nobility for Thai names (22.28C1-22.28C2)

1RWH���$OWKRXJK�UXOH�����%��IDOOV�XQGHU�WKH�KHDGLQJ�³6SHFLDO�UXOHV�´�WKH�LQVWUXFWLRQV�LQWKH�UXOH�LWVHOI�VLPSO\�UHIHU�EDFN�WR�UXOH�����&��ZKLFK�DSSOLHV�JHQHUDOO\�WR�FKDQJHV�RIQDPH��DQG�PDNHV�QR�³VSHFLDO´�SURYLVLRQV�UHODWLQJ�WR�GLVFODLPHG�RU�QHZO\�DFTXLUHGWLWOHV�

Page 212: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 8

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Title of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - entry element - ecclesiastical title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title borne by a person of ecclesiastical rank used as the entryelement of a personal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Terms denoting ecclesiastical rank

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief sources of information of works by the person issued in his or her languageReference sources issued in the person’s language or in the person’s country of residence oractivity

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain ecclesiastical titles cover:� instructions relating to entry under ecclesiastical title for Thai names (22.28D2)

Page 213: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 9

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Title of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - addition - title of nobility

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title borne by a person of noble rank used as an addition to a personalname heading.

INCLUDES:

Proper name in a title of nobility or courtesy titleTerritorial designation that is an integral part of the titleTerm of rank

EXCLUDES:

Territorial designation that is not an integral part of the title

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to titles of nobility as additions to personal name headings cover:� instructions for adding a title of nobility to a heading for a nobleman or noblewoman

not entered under title (22.12A1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain titles of nobility cover:� instructions relating to the addition of titles to Indonesian names (22.26G1)� instructions relating to the addition of titles to Malay names (22.27D1)

Page 214: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 10

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Title of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - addition - title of royalty

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title borne by a person of royalty used as an addition to a personalname heading.

INCLUDES:

Title of the person with the highest royal status within a state or peopleTitle of a consort of the person with the highest royal status within a state or peopleTitle of a child or grandchild of the person with the highest royal status within a state or people

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to titles of royalty cover:� instructions for adding a title of royalty to a heading for the person with the highest

royal status within a state or people (22.16A1-22.16A2)� instructions for adding a title of royalty to a heading for the consort of a sovereign

(22.16A3)� instructions for adding a title of royalty to a heading for the child or grandchild of a

sovereign (22.16A4)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain titles of royalty cover:� instructions relating to titles of royalty for Thai names (22.28B1-22.28B2)

Page 215: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 11

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Title of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - addition - ecclesiastical title

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A title borne by a person of ecclesiastical rank used as an addition to apersonal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Titles of popes, cardinals, bishops, patriarchs, etc.Titles of other ecclesiastical officials

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to ecclesiastical titles cover:� instructions for adding the title “Pope” to a name identifying a pope (22.16B1)� instructions for adding the title “Bishop”, etc. to a name identifying a high ecclesiastical

official (22.16C1)� instructions for adding the title to names identifying other persons holding religious

office (22.16D1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain ecclesiastical titles cover:� instructions for adding a religious title to an Indic name (22.25B4)� instructions relating to ecclesiastical titles for Thai names (22.28D1-22.28D3)

Page 216: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 12

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with the person

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A designation other than a name or title by which a person is identified.

INCLUDES:

Phrases associating the person with a particular work (e.g., “Author of Early Impressions”)Terms and phrases conveying the idea of something other than a person (e.g., “Taj Mahal”)Phrases containing the name of another person (e.g. “Pseudo-Brutus”)Terms and phrases that characterize a person by profession, etc. (e.g., “Physician”)Appellations (e.g., “Father Time,” “Poor Richard,” “A.N. Other,” “Cousin Fanny”)Terms of secular or religious address (e.g., “Mrs.” “Sister,” “Swami,” etc.)Terms of honour (e.g., “Sir,” “Dame,” “Lord,” “Lady”)Initials of an academic degree, etc. (e.g., “F.I.P.S.”)Terms such as “Saint” and “Spirit”

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Personal name heading - entry element - phrasePersonal name heading - addition - other designation

Page 217: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 13

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with the person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - entry element - phrase

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A phrase used as the entry element of a personal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Phrases associating the person with a particular work (e.g., “Author of Early Impressions”)Terms and phrases conveying the idea of something other than a person (e.g., “Taj Mahal”)Phrases containing the name of another person (e.g. “Pseudo-Brutus”)Terms and phrases that characterize a person by profession, etc. (e.g., “Physician”)Appellations (e.g., “Father Time,” “Poor Richard,” “A.N. Other,” “Cousin Fanny”)

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief sources of information of works by the person issued in his or her languageReference sources issued in the person’s language or in the person’s country of residence oractivity

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to phrases cover:� instructions for entry under phrase (22.11A, 22.11B, 22.11C, 22.11D)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 218: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 14

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with the person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term or phrase other than a title used as an addition to a personalname heading.

INCLUDES:

Terms and phrases that characterize a person by profession, etc. (e.g., “Physician”)Terms of secular or religious address (e.g., “Mrs.” “Sister,” “Swami,” etc.)Terms of honour (e.g., “Sir,” “Dame,” “Lord,” “Lady”)Initials of an academic degree, etc. (e.g., “F.I.P.S.”)Terms such as “Saint” and “Spirit”

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to other designations as additions to personal name headings cover:� instructions for adding a designation to a name that does not convey the idea of a

person (22.11A)� instructions for adding the term “Saint” to a heading for a Christian saint (22.13A)� instructions for adding the term “Spirit” to a heading for a spirit (22.14A)� instructions for adding a word or phrase associated with the name to a heading

consisting only of a surname (22.15A)� instructions for adding a term of address or enclitic to a heading for a married woman

identified only by her husband’s name (22.15B1-22.15B2)� instructions for adding a term of address and the initials of a Christian religious order

to a heading for a person of religious vocation (22.16D1)� instructions for adding a term to distinguish between otherwise identical headings

(22.13B, 22.15C, 22.19A1, 22.19B1)

Page 219: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 15

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with the person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - addition - other designation (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to other designations as additions to personal name headings cover:� instructions relating to British terms of honour (22.12B1)� instructions relating to terms of address accompanying Burmese and Karen names

(22.23B)� instructions relating to titles and honorific words accompanying Indonesian names

(22.26G1)� instructions relating to titles of honour, etc. accompanying Malay names (22.27D1)

Page 220: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 16

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Dates of person

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] Dates associated with a person’s birth and/or death, or period of activity.

INCLUDES:

Date of birth (year, or year, month, and day)Date of death (year, or year, month, and day)Years (or century) of activityOther dates associated with the person

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Personal name heading - addition - dates

Page 221: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 17

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERSON

ATTRIBUTE: Dates of person

DATA ELEMENT: Personal name heading - addition - dates

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] Dates added to a personal name heading.

INCLUDES:

Date of birth (year, or year, month, and day)Date of death (year, or year, month, and day)Years (or century) of activityOther dates associated with the person

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to dates as additions to personal name headings cover:� instructions for adding a person’s dates to a personal name heading (22.17A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 222: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 13 PAGE 18

[blank page]

Page 223: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

DEFINITION:

“An organization or group of persons that is identified by a particular name and that acts, ormay act, as an entity.”--glossary

1RWH���7KH�UXOHV�DOVR�PDNH�SURYLVLRQ�IRU�WUHDWLQJ�WKH�LQFXPEHQWV�RI�JRYHUQPHQW�DQGUHOLJLRXV�RIILFHV�DFWLQJ�LQ�WKHLU�RIILFLDO�FDSDFLW\�DV�FRUSRUDWH�ERGLHV��HYHQ�WKRXJK�RQO\RQH�SHUVRQ�RFFXSLHV�WKH�RIILFH�

INCLUDES:

Bodies responsible for issuing worksBodies responsible for causing works to be issuedBodies with which works originateBodies associated with works in other ways

EXCLUDES:

Unnamed groups of persons

ATTRIBUTES:

Name of corporate bodyPlace name associated with the corporate bodyDate associated with the corporate bodyNumber associated with the corporate bodyOther designation associated with the corporate body

Page 224: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Name of corporate body

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which thecorporate body is known.

INCLUDES:

Names of associations, institutions, business firms, nonprofit enterprises, etc.Names of governments, government agencies, projects and programmes, governmentofficials, delegations, legislative bodies, armed forces, etc.Names of religious bodies, local churches, etc., religious councils, religious officials, provinces,dioceses, synods, etc., and papal diplomatic missionsNames of conferences, congresses, meetings, etc.Names of exhibitions, athletic contests, expeditions, fairs, festivals, etc.Names of ships, spacecraft, etc.Names of subordinate and related bodies

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Corporate name heading - entry element - nameCorporate name heading - subheading - nameCorporate name heading - addition - name

Page 225: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Name of corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - entry element - name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The name used as the entry element of a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Names of associations, institutions, business firms, nonprofit enterprises, etc.Names of governments, government agencies, projects and programmes, and governmentofficialsNames of religious bodies, local churches, etc.Names of conferences, congresses, meetings, etc.Names of exhibitions, athletic contests, expeditions, fairs, festivals, etc.Names of ships, spacecraft, etc.Names of subordinate and related bodies

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Items issued by the body in its languageReference sources

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to corporate names cover:� instructions for entering the name of a corporate body (24.1A)� instructions relating to the romanization of corporate names (24.1B1)� instructions relating to changes of name (24.1C1)� instructions relating to variant names (24.2A, 24.2B, 24.2C, 24.2D)� instructions relating to the omission of initial articles (24.5A1)� instructions relating to the omission of citations of honours (24.5B1)� instructions relating to the omission of terms indicating incorporation, etc. (24.5C1-

24.5C4)� instructions for entering the name of a subordinate or related body (24.12A)� instructions relating to VHH references for names of corporate bodies (26.3A1-26.3A7)

Page 226: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Name of corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - entry element - name (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to names for certain types of corporate bodies cover:� instructions relating to variant language forms of corporate names (24.3A1, 24.3B1)� instructions relating to conventional names (24.3C1-24.3C3)� instructions relating to names of religious orders and societies (24.3D1)� instructions relating to names of governments (24.3E1, 23.2A1, 23.2B1, 23.3A,

23.4A1, 23.4B1, 23.4C1-23.4C2, 23.4D1-23.4D2, 23.4E1, 23.4F1-23.4F2, 23.5A,23.5B)

� instructions relating to names of conferences, congresses, meetings, etc. (24.3F1-24.3F2)

� instructions relating to names of local churches, etc. (24.3G1)� instructions relating to names of joint committees, commissions, etc. (24.15A)� instructions for entering the name of a government body (24.17A)

Page 227: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Name of corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - subheading - name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name used as subheading in a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Names of subordinate and related bodiesNames of government agencies, government officials, legislative bodies, constitutionalconventions, courts, armed forces, embassies, consulates, etc., and delegationsNames of religious councils, religious officials, provinces, dioceses, synods, etc., and papaldiplomatic missions

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Items issued by the body in its languageReference sources

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to subheadings in corporate name headings cover:� instructions for entering the name of a subordinate or related body subordinately

(24.13A)� instructions relating to the use of direct and indirect subheadings (24.14A)

Page 228: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Name of corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - subheading - name (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to subheadings for certain types of corporate bodies cover:� instructions for entering the name of a joint committee, commission, etc. subordinately

(24.15B)� instructions for entering the name of a government agency subordinately (24.28A)� instructions relating to the use of direct and indirect subheadings for government

agencies (24.19A)� instructions relating to headings for sovereigns, presidents, etc. (24.20A1, 24.20B1)� instructions relating to headings for heads of governments and of international

intergovernmental bodies (24.20C1-24.20C2)� instructions relating to headings for governors of dependent or occupied territories

(24.20D1)� instructions relating to headings for other government officials (24.20E1-24.20E2)� instructions relating to headings for legislative bodies (24.21A, 24.21B, 24.21C,

24.21D)� instructions relating to headings for constitutional conventions (24.22A, 24.22B)� instructions relating to headings for courts (24.23A1, 24.23B1)� instructions relating to headings for armed forces (24.24A1, 24.24B1-24.24B3)� instructions relating to headings for embassies, consulates, etc. (24.25A)� instructions relating to headings for delegations to international and intergovernmental

bodies (24.26A)� instructions relating to headings for religious councils, etc. (24.27A1-24.27A3)� instructions relating to headings for religious officials (24.27B1-24.27B2)� instructions relating to headings for subordinate religious bodies (24.27C1-24.27C4)� instructions relating to headings for papal diplomatic missions, etc. (24.27D1)

Page 229: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 7

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Name of corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - addition - name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name added to a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Names of institutionsNames of international or intergovernmental bodies, conferences, undertakings, etc.

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to names as additions to corporate name headings cover:� instructions relating to the addition of the name of an institution to a corporate name

heading (24.4C5)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to names as additions to headings for certain types of bodies cover:� instructions relating to the addition of the name of an international or

intergovernmental body, etc. to a corporate name heading for a delegation,commission, etc. (24.26A)

Page 230: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 8

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Place name associated with the corporate body

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The name of the country, state, province, etc. or local place in which acorporate body is located or with which it is commonly associated.

INCLUDES:

Names of countries, states, provinces, etc.Local place names

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Corporate name heading - addition - place name

Page 231: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 9

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Place name associated with the corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - addition - place name

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A place name added to a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Names of countries, states, provinces, etc.Local place names

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to place names as additions to corporate name headings cover:� instructions relating to the form of place names (23.2A1, 23.2B1)� instructions relating to changes of place name (23.3A)� instructions relating to additions to place names (23.4A1, 23.4B1, 23.4C1-23.4C2,

23.4D1-23.4D2, 23.4E1, 23.4F1-23.4F2)� instructions relating to names including or requiring a term indicating a type of

jurisdiction (23.5A, 23.5B)� instructions for adding the name of a country, state, province, etc. to the name of a

corporate body (24.4C2)� instructions for adding a local place name to the name of a corporate body (24.4C3)� instructions relating to a change of name of jurisdiction or locality (24.4C4)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to place names as additions to headings for certain types of corporatebodies cover:

� instructions relating to the location of conferences, congresses, meetings, etc.(24.7B4)

� instructions relating to the location of exhibitions, fairs, festivals, etc. (24.8B1)� instructions relating to the location of chapters, branches, etc. (24.9A)� instructions relating to the location of local churches, etc. (24.10B1)� instructions relating to the location of radio and television stations (24.11A, 24.11B)

Page 232: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 10

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Date associated with the corporate body

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The year of founding or inclusive years of existence of a corporate body,or the date(s) of a conference, congress, festival, fair, etc.

INCLUDES:

Year of foundingInclusive years of existenceDate(s) of a conference, congress, festival, fair, etc.

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Corporate name heading - addition - date

Page 233: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 11

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Date associated with the corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - addition - date

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A date added to a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Year of foundingInclusive years of existenceDate(s) of a conference, congress, festival, fair, etc.

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to dates as additions to corporate name headings cover:� instructions relating to the addition of a year or years to the name of a corporate body

(24.4C6)

Page 234: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 12

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Date associated with the corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - addition - date (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to dates as additions to headings for certain types of corporate bodiescover:

� instructions relating to the addition of inclusive years of existence to the name of agovernment (24.6D)

� instructions relating to the addition of dates to the names of conferences, congresses,meetings, etc. (24.7B3)

� instructions relating to the addition of dates to the names of exhibitions, fairs, festivals,etc. (24.8B1)

� instructions relating to the addition of inclusive years of reign or incumbency to theheading for a head of state, etc. (24.20B1)

� instructions relating to the addition of a year or years to the heading for a legislativebody (24.21D)

� instructions relating to the addition of a year or years to the heading for a constitutionalconvention (24.22A, 24.22B)

� instructions relating to the addition of a year to the heading for an ad hoc military court(24.23B1)

� instructions relating to the addition of a date to the heading for a delegation to aninternational or intergovernmental body (24.26A)

� instructions relating to the addition of a date to the heading for a religious council(24.27A2-24.27A3)

� instructions relating to the addition of inclusive years of incumbency to the heading fora religious official or pope (24.27B1-24.27B2)

Page 235: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 13

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Number associated with the corporate body

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A number associated with the name of a conference, congress,meeting, exhibition, fair, festival, etc.

INCLUDES:

Numbers designating a sequence of conferences, etc. held under the same name

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Corporate name heading - addition - number

Page 236: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 14

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Number associated with the corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - addition - number

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A number added to a corporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

Numbers designating a sequence of conferences, etc. held under the same name

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to numbers as additions to headings for certain types of corporatebodies cover:

� instructions relating to the addition of a number to the heading for a conference,congress, meeting, etc. (24.7B2)

� instructions relating to the addition of a number to the heading for an exhibition, fair,festival, etc. (24.8B1)

Page 237: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 15

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with the corporate body

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A designation other than a place name, date, or number that serves toidentify a corporate body and/or distinguish two or more bodies with the same or similarnames.

INCLUDES:

General terms such as “Firm,” “Fraternal order,” etc.Terms indicating incorporation, etc. (e.g., “VEB”)Terms indicating type of jurisdiction (e.g., “County,” “Province,” etc.)Other terms and phrases that serve to distinguish two bodies with the same name (e.g., thename of the denomination of a local church, a phrase such as “Territory under Germanoccupation,” etc.)

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Corporate name heading - addition - other designation

Page 238: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 16

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with the corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A designation other than a place name, date, or number added to acorporate name heading.

INCLUDES:

General terms such as “Firm,” “Fraternal order,” “Radio station,” etc.Terms indicating type of jurisdiction (e.g., “County,” “Province,” etc.)Names of heads of state, etc., popes, and incumbents of religious officesNames of defendants in military trialsOther terms and phrases that serve to distinguish two bodies with the same name (e.g., thename of the denomination of a local church, a phrase such as “Territory under Germanoccupation,” etc.)

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to other designations as additions to corporate name headings cover:� instructions relating to the addition of a general term to the name of a corporate body if

the name alone does not convey the idea of a corporate body (24.4B1)� instructions relating to the addition of an appropriate general designation to distinguish

between names that cannot be distinguished by the addition of a place name, name ofinstitution, or date(s) (24.4C7)

Page 239: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 17

ENTITY/OBJECT: CORPORATE BODY

ATTRIBUTE: Other designation associated with the corporate body

DATA ELEMENT: Corporate name heading - addition - other designation (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to other designations as additions to headings for certain types ofcorporate bodies cover:

� instructions relating to the addition of a term indicating type of jurisdiction to the nameof a government (24.6B)

� instructions relating to the addition of an appropriate word or phrase to the name of agovernment that cannot be satisfactorily distinguished by type of jurisdiction (24.6C)

� instructions relating to the addition of a term or phrase to the name of a government iftwo or more governments lay claim to jurisdiction over the same area (24.6D)

� instructions relating to the addition of a general designation to the name of a localchurch, etc. if the name itself does not convey the idea of a church, etc. (24.10A)

� instructions relating to the addition of a designation to the name of a local church, etc.if there are two or more local churches, etc. with the same name in the same locality(24.10B)

� instructions relating to the addition of the term “Radio station” or “Television station” tothe name of a radio or television station (24.11A)

� instructions relating to the addition of the name of the incumbent of an office to theheading for a head of state, etc. (24.20B1)

� instructions relating to the addition of the surname of the defendant to the heading foran ad hoc military court (24.23B1)

� instructions relating to the addition of the name of the incumbent of the office to theheading for a religious official or pope (24.27B1, 24.27B2)

Page 240: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 14 PAGE 18

[blank page]

Page 241: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 15 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: CREATION

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition]: The act of originating intellectual or artistic content.

INCLUDES:

Creative acts of an intellectual or artistic nature such as writing, composing, drawing, etc.

EXCLUDES:

Physical acts related to the creative content of an item

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, CREATION functions as an entity only to the extent that it isused in defining the relationship between a PERSON and the CONTENT of the ITEM described.There are no explicit attributes of the entity reflected in the instructions given in Part II.

Page 242: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 15 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 243: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 16 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: MODIFICATION

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The act of modifying a literary, dramatic, musical, or artistic workthrough revision, adaptation, translation, transcription, arrangement, etc.

INCLUDES:

Revision of a work (revision, enlargement, updating, abridgement)Adaptation of a work (novelization, dramatization, adaptation from one medium of graphic artsto another, free transcription, paraphrasing, etc. of a musical work)Translation of a literary work (i.e., text or spoken word)Transcription of a musical workArrangement of a musical work

EXCLUDES:

Addition of illustrations, commentary, biographical material, etc. to a work (see CREATION)

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, MODIFICATION functions as an entity only to the extent that itis used in defining the relationship between a PERSON and the CONTENT of the ITEM described.For details on designation of function associated with modification, see MODIFICATIONRESPONSIBILITY under PERSON ÛMODIFICATION relationships.

Page 244: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 16 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 245: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 17 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: PERFORMANCE

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The act of performing a literary, dramatic, or musical work.

INCLUDES:

Performances that do not go beyond execution and interpretationPerformances that do go beyond execution and interpretation

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, PERFORMANCE functions as an entity only to the extent that itis used in defining the relationship between a PERSON and the CONTENT of the ITEM described.There are no explicit attributes of the entity reflected in the instructions given in Part II.

Page 246: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 17 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 247: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 18 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: COMPILING / EDITING

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The act of producing a collection by selecting and arranging matter fromthe works of one or more persons or bodies, or preparing for publication one or more works byanother person or body.--derived from glossary definitions for “compiler” and “editor”

INCLUDES:

Compiling works by one or more persons and/or bodiesEditing works by a person or body

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, COMPILING / EDITING functions as an entity only to the extentthat it is used in defining the relationship between a PERSON and the CONTENT of the ITEMdescribed. For details on designation of function associated with compiling or editing, seeCOMPILING / EDITING RESPONSIBILITY under PERSON ÛCOMPILING / EDITING relationships.

Page 248: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 18 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 249: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 19 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: EMANATION

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The act of issuing, causing to be issued, or originating a work.--derivedfrom footnote to rule 21.1B2

INCLUDES:

Issuing of works of administrative natureIssuing of legal, governmental, and religious worksIssuing of reports of commissions, committees, etc.Issuing of official statements of position, etc.Issuing of proceedings of a conference, results of exploration, investigation, event, etc.Issuing of cartographic materialsIssuing of other types of works

4XHU\���&DQ�HPDQDWLRQ�EH�FRQVLGHUHG�WR�LQFOXGH�WKH�HQDFWPHQW�RI�D�ODZ��VHH������%���WKH�SURPXOJDWLRQ�RI�DGPLQLVWUDWLYH�UHJXODWLRQV��HWF���VHH������$����WKH�HQDFWPHQW�RI�DFRQVWLWXWLRQ��FKDUWHU��HWF���VHH������$���WKH�SURPXOJDWLRQ�RI�FRXUW�UXOHV��VHH������%���WKHVLJQLQJ�RI�D�WUHDW\��VHH�������"

4XHU\���&DQ�D�ZRUN�RIILFLDOO\�VDQFWLRQHG�RU�WUDGLWLRQDOO\�DFFHSWHG�E\�D�UHOLJLRXV�ERG\�EHFRQVLGHUHG�WR�HPDQDWH�IURP�WKDW�ERG\"

EXCLUDES:

Publishing and distribution activities

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, EMANATION functions as an entity only to the extent that it isused in defining the relationship between a CORPORATE BODY and the CONTENT of the ITEMdescribed. There are no explicit attributes of the entity reflected in the instructions given inPart II.

Page 250: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 19 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 251: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 20 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: OTHER ASSOCIATION

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] Any association between a person or corporate body and the content ofan item other than one pertaining to creation, modification, performance, compiling / editing, oremanation.

INCLUDES:

Associations such as those between a law, constitution, etc. and the jurisdiction or bodygoverned by the law, etc.Associations such as those between a court proceeding and the court in which the case wastried or the parties in the case.Associations such as those between a creed, confession of faith, liturgy, etc. and the religiousdenomination adopting the liturgy, etc.Associations such as those between a collection of letters and the addressee, a festschrift andthe honouree, etc.Associations such as those between an exhibition catalogue and the museum in which theexhibit was held, etc.

4XHU\���&DQ�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�EHWZHHQ�DQ�LQWHUYLHZHH�RU�SDUWLFLSDQW�LQ�DQ�H[FKDQJH�DQGD�UHSRUW�RI�WKDW�LQWHUYLHZ�RU�H[FKDQJH�WKDW�LV�HVVHQWLDOO\�LQ�WKH�ZRUGV�RI�WKH�LQWHUYLHZHHRU�SDUWLFLSDQWV�EH�FRQVLGHUHG�RQH�SHUWDLQLQJ�WR�FUHDWLRQ�RU�GRHV�LW�IDOO�ZLWKLQ�WKHFDWHJRU\�RI�RWKHU�DVVRFLDWLRQV"

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, OTHER ASSOCIATION functions as an entity only to the extentthat it is used in defining the relationship between a PERSON or CORPORATE BODY and theCONTENT of the ITEM described. For details on designation of function relating to otherassociations, see OTHER ASSOCIATION under PERSON ÛOTHER ASSOCIATION relationships andunder CORPORATE BODY ÛOTHER ASSOCIATION relationships.

Page 252: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 20 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 253: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The intellectual or artistic substance contained in an item.

INCLUDES:

Text, data, music, recorded sound, fixed image (including cartographic image), moving image,three-dimensional representation of an artefact or object, or any combination thereof

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Nature of contentLanguage of content

0XVLFDO�FRQWHQWMusical presentation

*UDSKLF�FRQWHQWArtistic form

Note: Other attributes of the CONTENT (see Part I) are not directly relevant to the instructionsand structural logic embodied in Part II.

Page 254: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 2

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT

ATTRIBUTE: Nature of content

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The general character of the content of a document or document part.

INCLUDES:

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Note: There are no data elements defined in Part II for nature of content. The nature ofcontent is referenced here to signal that it is a factor in determining entry for certain types ofworks of mixed responsibility (21.9-21.22, 21.23D, 21.24-21.27)

Page 255: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 3

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT

ATTRIBUTE: Language of content

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The language in which the content of an item is expressed.--)XQFWLRQDOUHTXLUHPHQWV�IRU�ELEOLRJUDSKLF�UHFRUGV (modified)

INCLUDES:

Language of written textLanguage of spoken or sung wordLanguage of captions on graphic or cartographic materials �"""�

EXCLUDES:

Language of subtitles on film, etc.Programming language (9.7B2)

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - language

Page 256: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 4

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT

ATTRIBUTE: Language of content

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title heading - addition - language

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A term indicating language of content added to a uniform title.

INCLUDES:

Names of languages

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to language as an addition to a uniform title cover:� instructions for adding the name of the language of the content to uniform titles for

individual works (25.5C1)� instructions for adding the name of the language of the content to uniform titles for

collections of works or selections of works of one person (25.11A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Specific rules applying to language as an addition to a uniform title for certain types of workscover:

� instructions for adding the name of the language of the content to uniform titles forvocal musical works (25.35F1)

� instructions for adding the name of the language of text of vocal scores to uniformtitles for collections of musical works (25.35F1)

Page 257: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 5

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT

SUB-TYPE: Musical content

ATTRIBUTE: Musical presentation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The form in which a document containing printed music is presented.

INCLUDES:

Presentation forms such as vocal score and chorus score

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Uniform title - addition - other designation

Page 258: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 6

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT

SUB-TYPE: Musical content

ATTRIBUTE: Musical presentation

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title - addition - other designation

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An identifying element other than medium of performance, numericdesignation, key, or date associated with a musical composition added to a uniform title for amusical work.

INCLUDES:

Terms indicating vocal score or chorus score

EXCLUDES:

Terms indicating other forms of musical presentation

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to musical presentation as an addition to a uniform title for musicalworks cover:

� instructions for adding the term YRFDO VFRUH�V� or FKRUXV VFRUH�V� to a uniform title foran individual musical work or a collection of musical works (25.35D1)

Page 259: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 7

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT

SUB-TYPE: Graphic content

ATTRIBUTE: Artistic form

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The form used by the artist to convey the subject matter or theme of anartistic work.

INCLUDES:

Forms such as portrait, landscape, abstract, sculpture, etc.

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Note: There are no data elements defined in Part II for artistic form. The artistic form isreferenced here to signal that it is a factor in determining entry for certain types of works ofmixed responsibility involving art works (21.16, 21.17, 21.24)

Page 260: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 21 PAGE 8

[blank page]

Page 261: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 22 PAGE 1

ENTITY/OBJECT: CONTENT PART

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An individual component of the intellectual or artistic content of an item.

INCLUDES:

Any intellectual or artistic component of the content such as a work, section, chapter, figure,table, index, etc.

EXCLUDES:

ATTRIBUTES:

Note: For the purposes of Part II, CONTENT PART functions as an entity only to the extent thatdistinct content parts within an item such as individual works by different authors, illustrationsfor a text, commentary, biographical or critical material accompanying a text, etc. are factorstaken into consideration in determining choice of access points. There are no explicitattributes of the entity reflected in the instructions given in Part II.

Page 262: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 22 PAGE 2

[blank page]

Page 263: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 1

PERSON Û CREATION RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

CREATION RESPONSIBILITY

Page 264: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CREATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û CREATION)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a person and an act of intellectual or artisticcreation for which that person is responsible.

INCLUDES:

Relationship between a person and an act of intellectual or artistic creation for which thatperson is responsibleRelationship between an act of intellectual or artistic creation and a person responsible for thatact

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingAdded entry heading

Page 265: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CREATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û CREATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons acting in an official capacityMain entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

Page 266: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CREATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û CREATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading (continued)

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to entry of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions for entry of works of personal authorship (21.1A2)� instructions relating to changes of persons responsible for a work (21.3A2, 21.3B1)� instructions relating to entry of works of single personal authorship (21.4A1)� instructions relating to entry of works erroneously or fictitiously attributed to a person or

corporate body (21.4C1-21.4C2)� instructions relating to entry of works for which the probable author is known from

reference sources (21.5B)� instructions relating to entry of works under a characterizing word or phrase indicating

authorship (21.5C)� instructions relating to entry of works of shared personal responsibility (21.6A1,

21.6B1-21.6B2, 21.6C1)� instructions relating to entry of works by two or more persons using a single

pseudonym (21.6D1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of works without a collective title (21.7C1)

Page 267: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 5

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CREATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û CREATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to entry of certain types of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to entry of works (other than official communications) by heads of

state, etc. (21.4D2)� instructions relating to entry of collections of official communications and other works

by one person (21.4D3)� instructions relating to entry of an adaptation of a text (21.10A)� instructions relating to entry of a text for which an artist has provided illustrations

(21.11A1)� instructions relating to entry of separately published illustrations (21.11B1)� instructions relating to entry of a revision of a text (21.12A1)� instructions relating to entry of a text published with a commentary, interpretation, or

exegesis (21.13B1, 21.13C1, 21.13D1)� instructions relating to entry of a translation (21.14A, 21.14B)� instructions relating to entry of a text published with biographical or critical material

(21.15A, 21.15B)� instructions relating to entry of reproductions of art works (21.16B, 21.17A1, 21.17B1)� instructions relating to entry of an arrangement, transcription, etc. of a musical work

(21.18B1)� instructions for entry of a musical work that includes words based on another text

(21.19A1)� instructions for entry of a pasticcio, ballad opera, etc. (21.19B2, 21.6)� instructions for entry of a musical setting for a ballet, etc. (21.20A)� instructions relating to entry of a musical work to which an instrumental

accompaniment or additional parts have been added (21.21A)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of a single work (21.23A1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of two or more works by the same

person(s) (21.23B1)� instructions relating to entry of a sound recording of a collection of works by different

persons (21.23D1)� instructions relating to entry of works of collaboration between an artist and writer

(21.24A)� instructions relating to entry of works reporting interviews or exchanges (21.25B)� instructions relating to entry of spirit communications (21.26A)� instructions relating to entry of academic disputations (21.27A)� instructions relating to entry of law reports, citations, digests, etc., and judicial opinions

(21.36A1-21.36A2, 21.36B1, 21.36C7-21.36C9)

4XHU\���'RHV�WKH�UHIHUHQFH�IURP�UXOH������%���SDVWLFFLRV��EDOODG�RSHUDV��HWF���WR�UXOH������ZRUNV�RI�VKDUHG�UHVSRQVLELOLW\��GLVWRUW�WKH�VFRSH�RI�UXOH�����"��:RXOG�D�UHIHUHQFHWR�UXOH������EH�PRUH�DSSURSULDWH"

4XHU\���,V�LW�YDOLG�WR�FRQVLGHU�WKH�FRPSRVHU�RI�D�PXVLFDO�VHWWLQJ�IRU�D�EDOOHW��HWF�������$��DV�WKH�SHUVRQ�UHVSRQVLEOH�IRU�FUHDWLRQ"

Page 268: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 6

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CREATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û CREATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons acting in an official capacityAdded entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

Page 269: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 7

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CREATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û CREATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading (continued)

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to added entries for works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to added entries for works of shared personal responsibility

(21.6B1-21.6B2, 21.6C1-21.6C2)� instructions relating to added entries for collections of works by different persons

(21.7B1, 21.7C1)� instructions relating to added entries for collaborators (21.30B1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to added entries for certain types of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to added entries for official communications by heads of state, etc.

(21.4D1)� instructions relating to added entries for a text for which an artist has provided

illustrations (21.11A1)� instructions relating to added entries for a text published with commentary,

interpretation, or exegesis (21.13B1, 21.13C1, 21.13D1)� instructions relating to added entries for a text published with biographical or critical

material (21.15A, 21.15B)� instructions relating to added entries for reproductions of the works of an artist with

accompanying text (21.17B1)� instructions relating to added entries a musical work that includes words based on

another text (21.19A1)� instructions relating to added entries for a collection of musical settings of songs, etc.

by one writer made by two or more composers (21.19C1)� instructions relating to added entries for a musical setting for a ballet, etc. (21.20A)� instructions relating to added entries for a musical work to which an instrumental

accompaniment or additional parts have been added (21.21A)� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording of a collection of works by

different persons (21.23D1)� instructions relating to added entries for works of collaboration between an artist and

writer (21.24A)� instructions relating to added entries for works reporting interviews or exchanges

(21.25A)� instructions relating to added entries for works in which two or more persons are

involved (21.30A1)� instructions relating to added entries for collaborators (21.30B1)� instructions relating to added entries for writers (21.30C1)� instructions relating to added entries for illustrators (21.30K2)� instructions relating to added entries for law reports, court proceedings, and

indictments (21.36A1-21.36A2, 21.36C1-21.36C4)� instructions relating to added entries for charges to juries (21.36C5)� instructions relating to added entries for sacred scriptures (21.37A)

Page 270: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 23 PAGE 8

[blank page]

Page 271: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 24 PAGE 1

PERSON Û MODIFICATION RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

MODIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY

Page 272: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 24 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: MODIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û MODIFICATION)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a person and an act of modification for whichthat person is responsible.

INCLUDES:

Relationship between a person and an act of modification for which that person is responsibleRelationship between an act of modification and a person responsible for that act

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingAdded entry headingDesignation of function

Page 273: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 24 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: MODIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û MODIFICATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons acting in an official capacityMain entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to entry of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to entry of a monographic work modified by a person other than

the person under which the work in its original edition was entered (21.3A1)� instructions relating to entry of a work that is a modification of another work (21.9A)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to entry of certain types of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to for entry of an adaptation of a text (21.10A)� instructions for entry of a revision of a text (21.12B1)� instructions for entry of an adaptation of an art work from one medium of graphic arts

to another (21.16A)� instructions for entry of an adaptation of a musical work (21.18C1)

Page 274: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 24 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: MODIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û MODIFICATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons acting in an official capacityAdded entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to added entries for certain types of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to added entries for a revision of a text (21.12A1)� instructions relating to added entries for a translation (21.14A)� instructions relating to added entries for an arrangement, transcription, etc. of a

musical work (21.18B1)� instructions relating to added entries for a pasticcio, ballad opera, etc. (21.19B1)� instructions relating to added entries for translators (21.30K1)� instructions relating to added entries for sacred scriptures (21.37A)� instructions relating to added entries for theological creeds, etc. (21.38A)

Page 275: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 24 PAGE 5

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: MODIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û MODIFICATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Designation of function

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An abbreviation added to a personal name heading indicating thefunction performed by that person in relation to the work contained in the item described.

INCLUDES:

Designations such as “ill.,” “tr.,” “arr.”Other designations from standard lists

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

N/A

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to designation of function for works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to the addition of an abbreviated designation of function to an

added entry heading (21.0D1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to designation of function for certain types of works of personalauthorship cover:

� instructions relating to the addition of an abbreviated designation of function to anadded entry heading for an arranger (21.18B1)

Page 276: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 24 PAGE 6

[blank page]

Page 277: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 25 PAGE 1

PERSON Û PERFORMANCE RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY

Page 278: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 25 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û PERFORMANCE)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a person and an act of performance for whichthat person is responsible.

INCLUDES:

Relationship between a person and an act of performance for which that person is responsibleRelationship between an act of performance and a person responsible for that act

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingAdded entry heading

Page 279: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 25 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û PERFORMANCE)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons acting in an official capacityMain entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to entry of sound recordings cover:� instructions for entry of a sound recording containing works by different persons or

bodies with a collective title (21.23C1)� instructions for entry of a sound recording containing works by different persons or

bodies without a collective title (21.23D1)

1RWH���7KH�UXOHV�DUH�ZULWWHQ�WR�DSSO\�VSHFLILFDOO\�WR�VRXQG�UHFRUGLQJV���&RXOG�WKH�VDPHSULQFLSOH�EH�DSSOLHG�WR�SHUIRUPDQFHV�FRQWDLQHG�LQ�PRWLRQ�SLFWXUHV�DQGYLGHRUHFRUGLQJV"

Page 280: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 25 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û PERFORMANCE)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons acting in an official capacityAdded entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to added entries for sound recordings cover:� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing a single work

(21.23A1)� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing two or more

works by the same person(s) or body (bodies) (21.23B1)� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing works by

different persons or bodies with a collective title (21.23C1)� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing works by

different persons or bodies without a collective title (21.23D1)

1RWH���7KH�UXOHV�DUH�ZULWWHQ�WR�DSSO\�VSHFLILFDOO\�WR�VRXQG�UHFRUGLQJV���&RXOG�WKH�VDPHSULQFLSOH�EH�DSSOLHG�WR�SHUIRUPDQFHV�FRQWDLQHG�LQ�PRWLRQ�SLFWXUHV�DQGYLGHRUHFRUGLQJV"

Page 281: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 26 PAGE 1

PERSON Û COMPILATION/EDITING RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

COMPILATION/EDITING RESPONSIBILITY

Page 282: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 26 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: COMPILATION/EDITING RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û COMPILATION/EDITING)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a person and an act of compilation or editingfor which that person is responsible.

INCLUDES:

Relationship between a person and an act of compilation or editing for which that person isresponsibleRelationship between an act of compilation or editing and a person responsible for that act

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Added entry headingDesignation of function

Page 283: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 26 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: COMPILATION/EDITING RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û COMPILATION/EDITING)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons acting in an official capacityAdded entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to added entries for compiled or edited works cover:� instructions relating to added entries for editors and compilers of works of shared

responsibility (21.6C2)� instructions relating to added entries for editors and compilers of collections of works

by different persons or bodies (21.7B1, 21.7C1)� instructions relating to added entries for editors and compilers (21.30D1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to added entries for certain types of compiled or edited works cover:� instructions relating to added entries for compilers of collections of official

communications (21.4D1)� instructions relating to added entries for editors and compilers of law reports (21.36A1-

21.36A2)� instructions relating to added entries for compilers of laws governing one jurisdiction

(21.31B1)� instructions relating to added entries for compilers of ancient laws, etc. (21.31C1)

Page 284: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 26 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: COMPILATION/EDITING RESPONSIBILITY (PERSON Û COMPILATION/EDITING)

DATA ELEMENT: Designation of function

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An abbreviation added to a personal name heading indicating thefunction performed by that person in relation to the work contained in the item described.

INCLUDES:

Designations such as “comp.,” “ed.”

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

N/A

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to designation of function for works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to the addition of an abbreviated designation of function to an

added entry heading (21.0D1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 285: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 27 PAGE 1

PERSON Û OTHER ASSOCIATION RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

OTHER ASSOCIATION

Page 286: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 27 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (PERSON ÛOTHER ASSOCIATION)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An association between a person and the content of an item other thanresponsibility for creation, modification, performance, compilation, or editing.

INCLUDES:

Relationships such as the association between a collection of letters and the person to whomthe letters are addressed or the association between a festschrift and the person honoured bythe festschriftRelationships such as the association between a report of a criminal court proceeding and theperson prosecuted or between a civil court proceeding and the person bringing the action

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingAdded entry headingDesignation of function

Page 287: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 27 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (PERSON Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for participants in an interview or exchange �"""�Main entry headings for participants in an academic disputation �"""�Main entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.

EXCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons acting in an official capacity

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to main entries for certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to entry of reports of interviews or exchanges (21.25A)� instructions relating to entry of academic disputations (21.27A)� instructions relating to entry of court proceedings etc. (21.36C1-21.36C4, 21.36C8)

Page 288: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 27 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (PERSON Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons to whom a work has been attributedAdded entry headings for the writers of works illustrated in a separately published edition ofillustrationsAdded entry headings for participants in an interview or exchange �"""�Added entry headings for participants in an academic disputation �"""�Added entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.Added entry headings for persons associated with a theological creed, confession of faith, etc.

EXCLUDES:

Added entry headings for persons acting in an official capacity

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to added entries for works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to added entries for persons to whom a work has been attributed

(21.4C1, 21.5A, 21.5B)� instructions relating to added entries for other related persons (21.30F1)

Page 289: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 27 PAGE 5

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (PERSON Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to added entries for certain types of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to added entries for separately published illustrations for a

collection of more than three works by one writer (21.11B1)� instructions relating to added entries for a reproduction of an art work (21.16B)� instructions relating to added entries for musical works based on compositions by

another composer (21.18C1)� instructions relating to added entries for reports of interviews or exchanges (21.25A,

21.25B)� instructions relating to added entries for mediums, etc. (21.26A)� instructions relating to added entries for academic disputations (21.27A)� instructions relating to added entries for court proceedings etc. (21.36C1- 21.36C8)� instructions relating to added entries for theological creeds, confessions of faith, etc.

(21.38A)

Page 290: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 27 PAGE 6

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (PERSON Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Designation of function

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An abbreviation added to a personal name heading indicating thefunction performed by that person in relation to the work contained in the item described.

INCLUDES:

Designations such as “praeses,” “respondent,” etc.Designations such as “defendant,” “plaintiff,” etc.

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

N/A

GENERAL RULES:

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to designation of function for certain types of works:� instructions relating to the addition of an abbreviated designation of function to an

added entry heading for an academic disputation (21.27A)� instructions relating to the addition of an abbreviated designation of function to a

heading for a party to a court proceeding (21.36C1-12.36C9)

Page 291: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 28 PAGE 1

CORPORATE BODY Û EMANATION RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

EMANATION RESPONSIBILITY

Page 292: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 28 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: EMANATION RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û EMANATION)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a corporate body and an act of emanation forwhich that body is responsible.

INCLUDES:

Relationship between a corporate body and an act of emanation for which that corporate bodyis responsibleRelationship between an act of emanation and a corporate body responsible for that act

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingAdded entry heading

Page 293: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 28 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: EMANATION RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û EMANATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for corporate bodies

EXCLUDES:

Main entry headings for officials acting in a personal capacity

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to all types of items cover:� instructions for entry under corporate body (21.1B2)� instructions relating to changes of bodies responsible for a work (21.3A2, 21.3B1)� instructions for entry of works emanating from a single corporate body (21.4B1)� instructions for entry of works erroneously or fictitiously attributed to a corporate body

(21.4C2)� instructions for entry of official communications from a head of state, etc. (21.4D1)� instructions relating to entry of a work for which the probably body from which it

emanates is known from reference sources (21.5B)� instructions relating to entry of works emanating from two or more corporate bodies

(21.6A1, 21.6B1-21.6B2, 21.6C1)� instructions relating to entry of collections of works without a collective title (21.7C1)

Page 294: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 28 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: EMANATION RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û EMANATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to added entries for a text published with commentary,

interpretation, or exegesis (21.13B1, 21.13C1, 21.13D1)� instructions for entry of a collection of translations of works emanating from different

bodies (21.14B)� instructions for entry of reproduction of art works with text in a catalogue of the

holdings of a corporate body (21.17B1)� instructions for entry of liturgical music (21.22A)� instructions for entry of sound recordings of one work (21.23A1)� instructions for entry of sound recordings of two or more works by the same body or

bodies (21.23B1)� instructions for entry of laws governing one jurisdiction (21.31B1)� instructions for entry of laws governing more than one jurisdiction (21.31B2)� instructions for entry of bills and draft legislation (21.31B3)� instructions for entry of administrative regulations, etc. (21.32A1-21.32A2, 21.32B1,

21.32C1)� instructions for entry of constitutions, charters, etc. (21.33A, 21.33B, 21.33C1)� instructions for entry of court rules governing a single court or more than one court of a

single jurisdiction (21.34A, 21.34B)� instructions for entry of international treaties, etc. between two or three national

governments (21.35A)� instructions for entry of agreements contracted by international intergovernmental

bodies (21.35B1)� instructions for entry of agreements contracted by the Holy See (21.35C1)� instructions for entry of other agreements involving jurisdictions (21.35D1-21.35D4)� instructions for entry of protocols, amendments, etc. (21.35E1-21.35E2)� instructions for entry of collections of treaties, etc. (21.35F1-21.35F3)� instructions for entry of law reports (21.36A1)� instructions for entry of liturgical works (21.39A1-21.39A3, 21.39B1)

Page 295: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 28 PAGE 5

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: EMANATION RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û EMANATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for corporate bodies

EXCLUDES:

Added entry headings for officials acting in a personal capacity

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to added entries for works emanating from corporate bodies cover:� instructions relating to added entries for works emanating from corporate bodies

(21.1B3)� instructions relating to added entries for works emanating from two or more corporate

bodies (21.6A1, 21.6B1-21.6B2, 21.6C1-21.6C2)� instructions relating to added entries for collections of works by different bodies

(21.7B1, 21.7C1)� instructions relating to added entries for prominently named corporate bodies

(21.30E1)

Page 296: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 28 PAGE 6

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: EMANATION RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û EMANATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to added entries for official communications accompanying or

transmitting a document (21.4D1)� instructions relating to added entries for collections of official communications and

other works (21.4D3)� instructions relating to added entries for a text published with commentary,

interpretation, or exegesis (21.13B1, 21.13C1, 21.13D1)� instructions relating to added entries for a translation (21.14A)� instructions relating to added entries for laws governing one jurisdiction (21.31B1)� instructions relating to added entries for laws governing more than one jurisdiction

(21.31B2)� instructions relating to added entries for ancient laws, etc. (21.31C1)� instructions relating to added entries for administrative regulations, etc. (21.32A1-

21.32A2, 21.32B1, 21.32C1)� instructions relating to added entries for constitutions, charters, etc. (21.33A)� instructions relating to added entries for court rules governing a single court or more

than one court of a single jurisdiction (21.34A, 21.34B)� instructions relating to added entries for international treaties, etc. between two or

three national governments (21.35A1)� instructions relating to added entries for international treaties, etc. between four or

more governments (21.35A2)� instructions relating to added entries for agreements contracted by international

intergovernmental bodies (21.35B1)� instructions relating to added entries for agreements contracted by the Holy See

(21.35C1)� instructions relating to added entries for other agreements involving jurisdictions

(21.35D1-21.35D4)� instructions relating to added entries for protocols, amendments, etc. (21.35E1-

21.35E2)� instructions relating to added entries for collections of treaties, etc. (21.35F1-21.35F3)� instructions relating to added entries for liturgical works (21.39A1-21.39A3, 21.39C1)

Page 297: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 29 PAGE 1

CORPORATE BODY Û PERFORMANCE RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY

Page 298: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 29 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û PERFORMANCE)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a corporate body and an act of performancefor which that body is responsible.

INCLUDES:

Relationship between a body and an act of performance for which that body is responsibleRelationship between an act of performance and a body responsible for that act

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingAdded entry heading

Page 299: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 29 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û PERFORMANCE)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for corporate bodies

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to entry of sound recordings cover:� instructions for entry of a sound recording containing works by different persons or

bodies with a collective title (21.23C1)� instructions for entry of a sound recording containing works by different persons or

bodies without a collective title (21.23D1)

1RWH���7KH�UXOHV�DUH�ZULWWHQ�WR�DSSO\�VSHFLILFDOO\�WR�VRXQG�UHFRUGLQJV���&RXOG�WKH�VDPHSULQFLSOH�EH�DSSOLHG�WR�SHUIRUPDQFHV�FRQWDLQHG�LQ�PRWLRQ�SLFWXUHV�DQGYLGHRUHFRUGLQJV"

Page 300: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 29 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITY (CORPORATE BODY Û PERFORMANCE)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for corporate bodies

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to added entries for sound recordings cover:� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing a single work

(21.23A1)� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing two or more

works by the same person(s) or body (bodies) (21.23B1)� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing works by

different persons or bodies with a collective title (21.23C1)� instructions relating to added entries for a sound recording containing works by

different persons or bodies without a collective title (21.23D1)

1RWH���7KH�UXOHV�DUH�ZULWWHQ�WR�DSSO\�VSHFLILFDOO\�WR�VRXQG�UHFRUGLQJV���&RXOG�WKH�VDPHSULQFLSOH�EH�DSSOLHG�WR�SHUIRUPDQFHV�FRQWDLQHG�LQ�PRWLRQ�SLFWXUHV�DQGYLGHRUHFRUGLQJV"

Page 301: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 30 PAGE 1

CORPORATE BODY Û OTHER ASSOCIATION RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

OTHER ASSOCIATION

Page 302: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 30 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (CORPORATE BODY ÛOTHER ASSOCIATION)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An association between a corporate body and the content of an itemother than emanation or responsibility for performance.

INCLUDES:

Relationships such as the association between a law, regulation, constitution, charter, etc. andthe jurisdiction or body governed by that law, etc.Relationships between a report of court proceedings and the court in which the case was triedRelationships such as the association between an exhibition catalogue and the museum inwhich the exhibition was held, etc.

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingAdded entry headingDesignation of function

Page 303: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 30 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (CORPORATE BODY Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for jurisdictions or bodies governed by a law, constitution, etc.Main entry headings for courts in which a case was triedMain entry headings for parties in a court proceeding

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to main entries for certain types of works cover:� instructions relating to entry of laws governing one jurisdiction (21.31B1)� instructions relating to entry of laws governing more than one jurisdiction (21.31B2)� instructions relating to entry of administrative regulations, etc. (21.32B1, 21.32C1)� instructions relating to entry of constitutions, charters, etc. (21.33A)� instructions relating to entry of court rules governing a single court (21.34A, 21.34C)� instructions for entry of court proceedings, etc. (21.36C1-21.36C4, 21.36C8)� instructions for entry of charges to juries (21.36C5)� instructions for entry of judicial decisions (21.36C6)� instructions for entry of collections of official proceedings or records of a trial

(21.36C9)

Page 304: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 30 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (CORPORATE BODY Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of entry, additional to themain entry, by which an item is represented in a catalogue.

INCLUDES:

Added entry headings for bodies to whom a work has been attributedAdded entry headings for prominently named corporate bodiesAdded entry headings for other bodies associated with a workAdded entry headings for bodies responsible for the reproduction of art worksAdded entry headings for jurisdictions governed by a law, etc.Added entry headings for parties in a court proceeding, etc.Added entry headings for religious bodies associated with creeds and other liturgical works

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Chief source of information for the item cataloguedSource used as a substitute for the chief source of informationStatements prominently stated in the item cataloguedContent of the item cataloguedSources outside the item catalogued

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to added entries for works emanating from corporate bodies cover:� instructions relating to added entries for bodies to whom a work has been attributed

(21.4C2, 21.5A, 21.5B)� instructions relating to added entries for prominently named corporate bodies

(21.30E1)� instructions relating to added entries for other related bodies (21.30F1)

Page 305: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 30 PAGE 5

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (CORPORATE BODY Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Added entry heading (continued)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to added entries for certain types of works of personal authorship cover:� instructions relating to added entries for reproductions of art works (21.16B)� instructions relating to added entries for laws governing more than one jurisdiction

(21.31B2)� instructions relating to added entries for administrative regulations, etc. (21.32A1)� instructions relating to added entries for constitutions, charters, etc. (21.33A)� instructions relating to added entries for court rules governing a single court (21.34A,

21.34B, 21.34C)� instructions relating to added entries for law reports (21.36A1-21.36A2)� instructions relating to added entries for citations, digests, etc. (21.36B1)� instructions relating to added entries for particular cases (21.36C1-21.36C9)� instructions relating to added entries for theological creeds, confessions of faith, etc.

(21.38A)� instructions relating to added entries for liturgical works (21.39A1-21.39A2, 21.39B1,

21.39C1)

Page 306: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 30 PAGE 6

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: OTHER ASSOCIATION (CORPORATE BODY Û OTHER ASSOCIATION)

DATA ELEMENT: Designation of function

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An abbreviation added to a corporate name heading indicating thefunction performed by that body in relation to the work contained in the item described.

INCLUDES:

Designations such as “defendant,” “plaintiff,” etc.

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

N/A

GENERAL RULES:

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to designation of function for certain types of works:� instructions relating to the addition of an abbreviated designation of function to a

heading for a party to a court proceeding (21.36C1-12.36C9)

Page 307: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 1

WORK Û WORK RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

ADAPTATIONILLUSTRATIONREVISIONTRANSLATIONREPRODUCTIONARRANGEMENT/TRANSCRIPTIONMUSICAL SETTINGACCOMPANIMENT/ADDED PARTCONTINUATION/SEQUELSUPPLEMENTINDEXCONCORDANCEINCIDENTAL MUSICCADENZASCENARIO/SCREENPLAYCHOREOGRAPHYLIBRETTO/TEXTREGULATIONWHOLE/PART

Page 308: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ADAPTATION (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between an adaptation of a text, musical work, or artwork and the text, musical work, or art work on which the adaptation is based.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a text, musical work, or art work and an adaptation of the work.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 309: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ADAPTATION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for adaptations of texts (21.10A)� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for adaptations of art works (21.16A)� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for adaptations of musical works (21.18C1)� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for musical compositions that include words based on another text (21.19A1)

Page 310: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 4

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ADAPTATION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) under the heading for the

related work for adaptations of texts (21.10A)� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) under the heading for the

related work for adaptations of art works (21.16A)� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) under the heading for the

related work for adaptations of musical works (21.18C1)

1RWH���7KH�UXOHV�OLVWHG�DERYH�GR�QRW�DFWXDOO\�JLYH�LQVWUXFWLRQV�IRU�PDNLQJ�D�WLWOH�DGGHGHQWU\�LQVWHDG�RI�D�QDPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\�ZKHQ�DSSURSULDWH�

Page 311: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 5

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ILLUSTRATION (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between separately published illustrations for a text ortexts and the text or texts illustrated.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a text or texts and separately published illustrations for the text(s).

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 312: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 6

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ILLUSTRATION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related

work(s) for separately published illustrations (21.11B1)

Page 313: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 7

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ILLUSTRATION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

separately published illustrations (21.11B1)

1RWH���7KH�UXOH�GRHV�QRW�DFWXDOO\�JLYH�LQVWUXFWLRQV�IRU�PDNLQJ�D�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\�LQVWHDGRI�D�QDPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\�ZKHQ�DSSURSULDWH�

Page 314: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 8

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REVISION (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between revision of a text and the text revised.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a text and a revised, enlarged, updated, etc. edition of the text.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingName-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 315: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 9

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REVISION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for personsMain entry headings for corporate bodies

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to main entry for certain types of works cover:� instructions for entering a revision under the heading appropriate to the original

(21.12A1)

1RWH���7KH�XVH�RI�D�PDLQ�HQWU\�KHDGLQJ�WR�UHODWH�D�UHYLVLRQ�RI�D�ZRUN�WR�WKH�RULJLQDOLPSOLHV�WKDW�WKH�LWHPV�GHVFULEHG�LQ�ERWK�FDVHV�DUH�FRQVLGHUHG�PDQLIHVWDWLRQV�RI�WKHVDPH�ZRUN���6WULFWO\�VSHDNLQJ��WKHUHIRUH��WKHUH�LV�QR�ZRUN�WR�ZRUN�UHODWLRQVKLS��HYHQWKRXJK�UXOH������$�FRPHV�XQGHU�WKH�EURDG�KHDGLQJ�³:RUNV�WKDW�DUH�0RGLILFDWLRQV�RI2WKHU�:RUNV�´

Page 316: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 10

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REVISION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for revisions of texts (21.12B1)

Page 317: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 11

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REVISION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

revisions of texts (21.12B1)

1RWH���7KH�UXOH�OLVWHG�DERYH�GRHV�QRW�DFWXDOO\�JLYH�LQVWUXFWLRQV�IRU�PDNLQJ�D�WLWOH�DGGHGHQWU\�LQVWHDG�RI�D�QDPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\�ZKHQ�DSSURSULDWH�

Page 318: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 12

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: TRANSLATION (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between translation of a text and the text translated.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a text a translation of the text.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingUniform title

Page 319: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 13

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: TRANSLATION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for personsMain entry headings for corporate bodies

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to main entry for certain types of works cover:� instructions for entering a translation under the heading appropriate to the original

(21.14A)

1RWH���7KH�XVH�RI�D�PDLQ�HQWU\�KHDGLQJ�WR�UHODWH�D�WUDQVODWLRQ�RI�D�ZRUN�WR�WKH�RULJLQDOLPSOLHV�WKDW�WKH�LWHPV�GHVFULEHG�LQ�ERWK�FDVHV�DUH�FRQVLGHUHG�PDQLIHVWDWLRQV�RI�WKHVDPH�ZRUN���6WULFWO\�VSHDNLQJ��WKHUHIRUH��WKHUH�LV�QR�ZRUN�WR�ZRUN�UHODWLRQVKLS��HYHQWKRXJK�UXOH������$�FRPHV�XQGHU�WKH�EURDG�KHDGLQJ�³:RUNV�WKDW�DUH�0RGLILFDWLRQV�RI2WKHU�:RUNV�´

Page 320: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 14

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: TRANSLATION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title

DEFINITION:

“1. The particular title by which a work is to be identified for cataloguing purposes. 2. Theparticular title used to distinguish the heading for a work from the heading for a different work.3. A conventional collective title used to collocate publications of an author, composer, orcorporate body containing several works or extracts, etc. from several works.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Uniform titles for works that have appeared under various titles in different translations

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to the use of uniform titles for certain types of works cover:� instructions for the use of uniform titles for bringing together all catalogue entries for a

work when various translations have appeared under various titles (25.1A)

Page 321: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 15

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REPRODUCTION (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a reproduction of an art work and the originalfrom which it was reproduced.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between an original art work and a reproduction of the original.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingUniform title

Page 322: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 16

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REPRODUCTION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for personsMain entry headings for corporate bodies

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to main entry for certain types of works cover:� instructions for entering a reproduction of an art work under the heading appropriate to

the original (21.16B, 21.17A1)

1RWH���7KH�XVH�RI�D�PDLQ�HQWU\�KHDGLQJ�WR�UHODWH�D�UHSURGXFWLRQ�RI�DQ�DUW�ZRUN�WR�WKHRULJLQDO�LPSOLHV�WKDW�WKH�LWHPV�GHVFULEHG�LQ�ERWK�FDVHV�DUH�FRQVLGHUHG�PDQLIHVWDWLRQV�RIWKH�VDPH�ZRUN���6WULFWO\�VSHDNLQJ��WKHUHIRUH��WKHUH�LV�QR�ZRUN�WR�ZRUN�UHODWLRQVKLS��HYHQWKRXJK�UXOHV������%�DQG������$��FRPH�XQGHU�WKH�EURDG�KHDGLQJ�³:RUNV�WKDW�DUH0RGLILFDWLRQV�RI�2WKHU�:RUNV�´

Page 323: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 17

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REPRODUCTION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title

DEFINITION:

“1. The particular title by which a work is to be identified for cataloguing purposes. 2. Theparticular title used to distinguish the heading for a work from the heading for a different work.3. A conventional collective title used to collocate publications of an author, composer, orcorporate body containing several works or extracts, etc. from several works.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Uniform titles for works that have appeared under various titles in different manifestations

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to the use of uniform titles for certain types of works cover:� instructions for the use of uniform titles for bringing together all catalogue entries for a

work when various editions have appeared under various titles (25.1A)

Page 324: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 18

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ARRANGEMENT/TRANSCRIPTION (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between an arrangement, transcription, etc. of amusical work and the original from which it was arranged, transcribed, etc.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between an original musical work and an arrangement, transcription, etc. ofthe original.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingUniform title

Page 325: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 19

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ARRANGEMENT/TRANSCRIPTION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to main entry for certain types of works cover:� instructions for entering an arrangement, transcription, etc. of a musical work under

the heading appropriate to the original (21.18B1)

1RWH���7KH�XVH�RI�D�PDLQ�HQWU\�KHDGLQJ�WR�UHODWH�DQ�DUUDQJHPHQW��WUDQVFULSWLRQ��HWF��WRWKH�RULJLQDO�LPSOLHV�WKDW�WKH�LWHPV�GHVFULEHG�LQ�ERWK�FDVHV�DUH�FRQVLGHUHGPDQLIHVWDWLRQV�RI�WKH�VDPH�ZRUN���6WULFWO\�VSHDNLQJ��WKHUHIRUH��WKHUH�LV�QR�ZRUN�WR�ZRUNUHODWLRQVKLS��HYHQ�WKRXJK�UXOHV������%�DQG������$��FRPH�XQGHU�WKH�EURDG�KHDGLQJ³:RUNV�WKDW�DUH�0RGLILFDWLRQV�RI�2WKHU�:RUNV�´

Page 326: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 20

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ARRANGEMENT/TRANSCRIPTION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title

DEFINITION:

“1. The particular title by which a work is to be identified for cataloguing purposes. 2. Theparticular title used to distinguish the heading for a work from the heading for a different work.3. A conventional collective title used to collocate publications of an author, composer, orcorporate body containing several works or extracts, etc. from several works.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Uniform titles for works that have appeared under various titles in different manifestationsUniform titles for musical works with an initial title element consisting solely of the name of onetype of composition

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to the use of uniform titles for certain types of works cover:� instructions for the use of uniform titles for bringing together all catalogue entries for a

work when various manifestations have appeared under various titles (25.1A)� instructions for adding DUU. to a uniform title for musical work that is an arrangement,

transcription, etc. of an original work (25.35C1-25.35C2)

Page 327: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 21

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: MUSICAL SETTING (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a musical setting for a text and the text, forwhich the setting is composed.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a text and a musical setting for the text.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 328: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 22

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: MUSICAL SETTING (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for musical settings of texts (21.19A1)

Page 329: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 23

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: MUSICAL SETTING (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) under the heading for the

related work for musical settings of texts (21.19A1)

Page 330: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 24

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ACCOMPANIMENT/ADDED PART (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a musical work to which an accompaniment oradditional parts have been added and the original to which the addition has been made.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between an original musical work and the work to which an accompanimentor parts have been added.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Main entry headingUniform title

Page 331: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 25

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ACCOMPANIMENT/ADDED PART (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Main entry heading

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A name, word, or phrase placed at the head of the complete record ofan item, presented in the form by which the entity is to be uniformly identified and cited.

INCLUDES:

Main entry headings for persons

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to main entry for certain types of works cover:� instructions for entering a musical work to which an accompaniment or parts have

been added under the heading appropriate to the original (21.21A)

1RWH���7KH�XVH�RI�D�PDLQ�HQWU\�KHDGLQJ�WR�UHODWH�D�PXVLFDO�ZRUN�ZLWK�DGGHGDFFRPSDQLPHQW�RU�SDUWV�WR�WKH�RULJLQDO�LPSOLHV�WKDW�WKH�LWHPV�GHVFULEHG�LQ�ERWK�FDVHVDUH�FRQVLGHUHG�PDQLIHVWDWLRQV�RI�WKH�VDPH�ZRUN���6WULFWO\�VSHDNLQJ��WKHUHIRUH��WKHUH�LVQR�ZRUN�WR�ZRUN�UHODWLRQVKLS��HYHQ�WKRXJK�UXOH������$�FRPHV�XQGHU�WKH�EURDG�KHDGLQJ³:RUNV�WKDW�DUH�0RGLILFDWLRQV�RI�2WKHU�:RUNV�´

Page 332: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 26

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: ACCOMPANIMENT/ADDED PART (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title

DEFINITION:

“1. The particular title by which a work is to be identified for cataloguing purposes. 2. Theparticular title used to distinguish the heading for a work from the heading for a different work.3. A conventional collective title used to collocate publications of an author, composer, orcorporate body containing several works or extracts, etc. from several works.”--glossary

INCLUDES:

Uniform titles for works that have appeared under various titles in different manifestationsUniform titles for musical works with an initial title element consisting solely of the name of onetype of composition

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to the use of uniform titles for certain types of works cover:� instructions for the use of uniform titles for bringing together all catalogue entries for a

work when various manifestations have appeared under various titles (25.1A)

Page 333: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 27

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CONTINUATION/SEQUEL (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a work that is a continuation or sequel toanother work and the work it continues.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a work and another work that is a continuation or sequel to it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 334: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 28

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CONTINUATION/SEQUEL (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for continuations and sequels (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 335: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 29

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CONTINUATION/SEQUEL (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

continuations and sequels (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 336: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 30

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: SUPPLEMENT (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a work that is a supplement to another workand the work it supplements.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a work and another work that is a supplement to it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 337: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 31

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: SUPPLEMENT (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for supplements (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 338: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 32

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: SUPPLEMENT (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

supplements (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 339: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 33

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: INDEX (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a work that is an index to another work andthe work it indexes.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a work and another work that is an index to it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 340: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 34

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: INDEX (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for indexes (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 341: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 35

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: INDEX (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

indexes (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 342: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 36

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CONCORDANCE (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a work that is a concordance to another workand the work it indexes.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a work and another work that is a concordance to it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 343: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 37

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CONCORDANCE (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for concordances (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 344: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 38

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CONCORDANCE (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

concordances (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 345: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 39

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: INCIDENTAL MUSIC (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a musical work composed as incidental musicto accompany a dramatic work and the work it was composed to accompany.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a dramatic work and incidental music composed to accompany it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 346: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 40

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: INCIDENTAL MUSIC (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for incidental music (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 347: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 41

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: INCIDENTAL MUSIC (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

incidental music (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 348: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 42

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CADENZA (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a musical work composed as a cadenza toaccompany another musical work and the work it was composed to accompany.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a musical work and a cadenza composed to accompany it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 349: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 43

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CADENZA (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for cadenzas (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 350: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 44

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CADENZA (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

cadenzas (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 351: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 45

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: SCENARIO/SCREENPLAY (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a scenario, screenplay, etc. and thecinemagraphic work for which it was written.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a cinemagraphic work and a scenario, screenplay, etc. written for it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

1RWH���)RU�WKH�RWKHU�UHODWLRQVKLSV�GHDOW�ZLWK�LQ�UXOH��������WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�GUDZQ�IURPD�SUHYLRXVO\�H[LVWLQJ�ZRUN�WR�D�ODWHU�ZRUN�UHODWHG�WR�WKDW�SUHYLRXVO\�H[LVWLQJ�ZRUN���,QWKLV�FDVH�WKH�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�GUDZQ�IURP�D�ODWHU�ZRUN�WR�D�SUHYLRXVO\�H[LVWLQJ�ZRUN�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 352: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 46

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: SCENARIO/SCREENPLAY (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for scenarios, screenplays, etc. (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 353: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 47

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: SCENARIO/SCREENPLAY (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

scenarios, screenplays, etc. (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 354: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 48

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CHOREOGRAPHY (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a choreographic work and the ballet, etc. forwhich it was written.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a ballet, etc. and a choreographic work written for it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 355: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 49

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CHOREOGRAPHY (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

choreographies (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 356: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 50

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: CHOREOGRAPHY (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

choreographies (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 357: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 51

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: LIBRETTO/TEXT (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a libretto or other text set to music and themusical work that it accompanies.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a musical work and a libretto or other text that accompanies it.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryTitle added entry

Page 358: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 52

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: LIBRETTO/TEXT (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for librettos and other texts set to music (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

1RWH���7KH�H[DPSOHV�IRU�OLEUHWWRV�XQGHU�UXOH������%��DFWXDOO\�LQGLFDWH�WKH�XVH�RI�D�QDPHDGGHG�HQWU\�XQGHU�WKH�KHDGLQJ�IRU�WKH�FRPSRVHU�UDWKHU�WKDQ�D�QDPH�WLWOH�DGGHG�HQWU\IRU�WKH�UHODWHG�PXVLFDO�FRPSRVLWLRQ�

Page 359: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 53

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: LIBRETTO/TEXT (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making a title added entry (as appropriate) for the related work for

librettos and other texts set to music (21.28A1, 21.28B1)

Page 360: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 54

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REGULATION (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a regulation and the law from which theregulation derives.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a law and a regulation derived from that law.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entry

Page 361: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 55

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: REGULATION (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the law from

which a regulation, etc. derives (21.32A1-21.32A2, 21.32B1)

Page 362: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 56

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: WHOLE/PART (WORK Û WORK)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a separate work that is part of a larger workand the larger work of which it forms a part.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a larger work and a separate work that is part of the larger work.The relationship between a separate work that is part of a larger work and the larger work.

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Name-title added entryUniform title referenceAnalytical added entryTitle added entry

Page 363: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 57

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: WHOLE/PART (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Name-title added entry

DEFINITION:

“An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate body and title of an item [orwork].”--glossary (modified)

INCLUDES:

Name-title added entries incorporating a title properName-title added entries incorporating a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to name-title added entries for certain types of works cover:� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for a special number of a serial (21.28A, 21.28B)� instructions for making a name-title added entry under the heading for the related work

for collections of extracts from serials (21.28A, 21.28B)

Page 364: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 58

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: WHOLE/PART (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Uniform title reference

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] A reference from one uniform title to another.

INCLUDES:

Uniform title references from part of larger works in the form of a uniform title for the largerwork followed by a subheading for the part to a uniform title for the partUniform title references from part of a work to a uniform title for the larger work followed by asubheading for the part

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to uniform title references cover:� instructions for making a reference in the form of a uniform title for the larger work

followed by a subheading for the part to the uniform title for the part (26.4B2)� instructions for making a reference from the uniform title for a part to a uniform title for

the larger work followed by a subheading for the part (26.4B3)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 365: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 59

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: WHOLE/PART (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Analytical added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate bodyand title of a separate work forming part of an item containing more than work.

INCLUDES:

Name-title analytical added entriesTitle analytical added entries

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to analytical added entries cover:� instructions for making an analytical added entry under the heading for a work

contained within the item being catalogued (21.30M1)� instructions for making a name-title added entry for a work in a collection of works by

different persons or bodies (21.7B1, 21.7C1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to analytical added entries for certain types of works cover:� instructions for making analytical added entries under the headings for individual laws

contained in a collection of laws governing more than one jurisdiction (21.31B2)� instructions for making an analytical added entry under the headings for a regulation or

the law from which it derives when the two are published together (21.32A2)

Page 366: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 31 PAGE 60

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: WHOLE/PART (WORK Û WORK)

DATA ELEMENT: Title added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the title of an item or work.

INCLUDES:

Title added entries using a title properTitle added entries using a uniform title

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

N/A

SPECIFIC RULES:

Special rules applying to title added entries for certain types of related works cover:� instructions for making an added entry under the title of the pasticcio, ballad opera,

etc. from which a single song has been excerpted (21.19B1)

Page 367: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 32 PAGE 1

SERIES Û ITEM RELATIONSHIPS

RELATIONSHIP TYPES:

WHOLE/PART

Page 368: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 32 PAGE 2

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: WHOLE/PART (SERIES Û ITEM)

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] The relationship between a series as a whole and an item within thatseries.

INCLUDES:

The relationship between a series and an item within the series.

1RWH���7KH�UHFLSURFDO�UHODWLRQVKLS�LV�QRW�UHIOHFWHG�LQ�WKH�UXOHV�LQ�3DUW�,,�

EXCLUDES:

DATA ELEMENTS:

Series added entry

Page 369: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 32 PAGE 3

RELATIONSHIP TYPE: WHOLE/PART (SERIES Û ITEM)

DATA ELEMENT: Series added entry

DEFINITION:

[Proposed definition:] An added entry consisting of the name of a person or corporate bodyand/or the title of a series.

INCLUDES:

Series added entries for seriesSeries added entries for subseries �"""�

EXCLUDES:

SOURCE OF INFORMATION:

Any source

GENERAL RULES:

General rules applying to series added entries cover:� instructions for making a series added entry for separately catalogued works in the

series (21.30L1)

SPECIFIC RULES:

N/A

Page 370: THE LOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ANGLO-AMERICAN … · abstract concepts used in Part II as points of reference or as structuring devices for the rules). The second diagram ()LJXUH )

TAB 32 PAGE 4

[blank page]